US20100204160A1 - Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, methods for preparing them and uses thereof - Google Patents

Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, methods for preparing them and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20100204160A1
US20100204160A1 US12/759,167 US75916710A US2010204160A1 US 20100204160 A1 US20100204160 A1 US 20100204160A1 US 75916710 A US75916710 A US 75916710A US 2010204160 A1 US2010204160 A1 US 2010204160A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
heterocyclyl
heteroaryl
alkenyl
alkynyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/759,167
Inventor
Christian Eickmeier
Stefan Peters
Klaus Fuchs
Niklas Heine
Sandra Handschuh
Cornelia Dorner-Ciossek
Klaus Klinder
Marcus Kostka
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH
Original Assignee
Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH filed Critical Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH
Priority to US12/759,167 priority Critical patent/US20100204160A1/en
Publication of US20100204160A1 publication Critical patent/US20100204160A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06008—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/06017—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/06026—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 0 or 1 carbon atom, i.e. Gly or Ala
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04—Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06008—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/06017—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/06034—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06191—Dipeptides containing heteroatoms different from O, S, or N
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08—Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0802—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/0804—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic
    • C07K5/0808—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aliphatic the side chain containing 2 to 4 carbon atoms, e.g. Val, Ile, Leu
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08—Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0802—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral
    • C07K5/0812—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being neutral and aromatic or cycloaliphatic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/08—Tripeptides
    • C07K5/0821—Tripeptides with the first amino acid being heterocyclic, e.g. His, Pro, Trp

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines of general formula (I)
  • a further object of this invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound of formula (I) according to the invention and the use of a compound according to the invention for preparing a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of Alzheimer's disease (AD) and other diseases associated with abnormal processing of Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP) or aggregation of the Abeta peptide, as well as diseases which can be treated or prevented by the inhibition of ⁇ -secretase.
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • APP Amyloid Precursor Protein
  • Such diseases include MCI (“mild cognitive impairment”), trisomy 21 (Down's syndrome), cerebral amyloid angiopathy, degenerative dementias, hereditary cerebral haemorrhage with amyloidosis, Dutch type (HCHWA-D), Alzheimer's dementia with Lewy bodies, trauma, stroke, pancreatitis, Inclusion Body Myositis (IBM), and other peripheral amyloidoses, diabetes and arteriosclerosis.
  • MCI mimild cognitive impairment”
  • trisomy 21 Down's syndrome
  • cerebral amyloid angiopathy degenerative dementias
  • hereditary cerebral haemorrhage with amyloidosis Dutch type (HCHWA-D)
  • Alzheimer's dementia with Lewy bodies trauma, stroke, pancreatitis
  • IBM Inclusion Body Myositis
  • diabetes and arteriosclerosis include diabetes and arteriosclerosis.
  • the compounds according to the invention also inhibit the aspartylprotease cathepsin D and are therefore suitable for suppressing the metastasisation of tumour cells.
  • the invention further relates to processes for preparing a pharmaceutical composition and a compound according to the invention.
  • EP 652 009 A1 describes inhibitors of aspartate protease which inhibit the production of beta-amyloid peptides in cell culture and in vivo.
  • WO 00/69262 discloses a beta-secretase and the use thereof in assays for finding potential active substances for the treatment of AD.
  • WO 01/00663 discloses memapsin 2 (human beta-secretase) as well as a recombinant catalytically active enzyme. Methods of identifying inhibitors of memapsin 2 are also described.
  • WO 01/00665 discloses inhibitors of memapsin 2 for the treatment of AD.
  • WO 03/057721 discloses substituted aminocarboxamides for the treatment of AD.
  • the objective of the present invention is therefore to provide new substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines which inhibit the cleaving of APP (Amyloid Precursor Protein) mediated by ⁇ -secretase.
  • a further objective of the present invention is to provide physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds according to the invention with inorganic or organic acids.
  • Another objective of the present invention is to provide pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one compound according to the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt according to the invention, optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • the present invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more, preferably one active substance, which is selected from the compounds according to the invention and/or the corresponding salts, as well as one or more, preferably one additional active substance optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • This invention further relates to the use of at least one of the compounds according to the invention for inhibiting ⁇ -secretase.
  • the invention also sets out to provide new pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for the treatment or prevention of diseases or conditions associated with the abnormal processing of Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP) or aggregation of Abeta peptide.
  • APP Amyloid Precursor Protein
  • the invention also sets out to provide new pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for the treatment or prevention of diseases or conditions which can be influenced by inhibiting the ⁇ -secretase activity.
  • the invention also sets out to provide new pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of Alzheimer's disease (AD) and other diseases which are associated with the abnormal processing of APP or aggregation of Abeta peptide, as well as diseases which can be treated or prevented by the inhibition of ⁇ -secretase, particularly AD.
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • other diseases which are associated with the abnormal processing of APP or aggregation of Abeta peptide as well as diseases which can be treated or prevented by the inhibition of ⁇ -secretase, particularly AD.
  • the invention also relates to a method of inhibiting ⁇ -secretase activity.
  • the present invention relates to substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines of general formula (I)
  • the compounds according to the invention of general formula (I) and the physiologically acceptable salts thereof have valuable pharmacological properties, particularly an inhibiting effect on ⁇ -secretase activity, particularly the ⁇ -secretase mediated cleaving of APP.
  • the compounds of the present invention are characterised by a surprisingly good cellular activity.
  • the compounds are also suitable for suppressing the metastasisation of tumour cells.
  • the present invention also relates to the physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds according to the invention with inorganic or organic acids.
  • the invention therefore also relates to the use of the compounds according to the invention, including the physiologically acceptable salts, as medicaments.
  • the invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one compound according to the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt according to the invention optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • This invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more, preferably one active substance, which is selected from the compounds according to the invention and/or the corresponding salts, as well as one or more, preferably one active substance, selected for example from among the beta-secretase inhibitors; gamma-secretase inhibitors; amyloid aggregation inhibitors such as e.g. alzhemed; directly or indirectly acting neuroprotective substances; anti-oxidants, such as e.g. vitamin E or ginkolide; anti-inflammatory substances, such as e.g.
  • Cox inhibitors NSAIDs additionally or exclusively having AB lowering properties
  • HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors statins
  • acetylcholinesterase inhibitors such as donepezil, rivastigmine, tacrine, galantamine
  • NMDA receptor antagonists such as e.g.
  • AMPA agonists substances modulating the concentration or release of neurotransmitters such as NS-2330; substances inducing the secretion of growth hormone such as ibutamoren mesylate and capromorelin; CB-1 receptor antagonists or inverse agonists; antibiotics such as minocyclin or rifampicin; PDE-IV and PDE-IX inhibitors, GABA A inverse agonists, nicotinic agonists, histamine H3 antagonists, 5 HAT-4 agonists or partial agonists, 5HT-6 antagonists, a2-adrenoreceptor antagonists, muscarinic M1 agonists, muscarinic M2 antagonists, metabotropic glutamate-receptor 5 positive modulators, and other substances that modulate receptors or enzymes in a manner such that the efficacy and/or safety of the compounds according to the invention is increased and/or unwanted side effects are reduced, optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or d
  • This invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more, preferably one active substance, which is selected from the compounds according to the invention and/or the corresponding salts, as well as one or more, preferably one active substance selected from among alzhemed, vitamin E, ginkolide, donepezil, rivastigmine, tacrine, galantamine, memantine, NS-2330, ibutamoren mesylate, capromorelin, minocyclin and/or rifampicin, optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • one active substance selected from among alzhemed, vitamin E, ginkolide, donepezil, rivastigmine, tacrine, galantamine, memantine, NS-2330, ibutamoren mesylate, capromorelin, minocyclin and/or rifampicin, optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • This invention further relates to the use of at least one of the compounds according to the invention for inhibiting ⁇ -secretase.
  • This invention also relates to the use of at least one compound according to the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt of such a compound for preparing a pharmaceutical composition, which is suitable for the treatment or prophylaxis of diseases or conditions associated with the abnormal processing of Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP) or aggregation of the Abeta peptide.
  • APP Amyloid Precursor Protein
  • This invention also relates to the use of at least one compound according to the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt of such a compound for preparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for the treatment or prophylaxis of diseases or conditions which can be influenced by inhibiting the ⁇ -secretase activity.
  • This invention also relates to the use of at least one compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention for preparing a medicament which is suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of Alzheimer's disease (AD) and other diseases which are associated with the abnormal processing of APP or aggregation of Abeta peptide, as well as diseases which can be treated or prevented by the inhibition of ⁇ -secretase, particularly AD.
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • other diseases which are associated with the abnormal processing of APP or aggregation of Abeta peptide as well as diseases which can be treated or prevented by the inhibition of ⁇ -secretase, particularly AD.
  • Such diseases include MCI (“mild cognitive impairment”), trisomy 21 (Down's syndrome), cerebral amyloid angiopathy, degenerative dementias, hereditary cerebral haemorrhage with amyloidosis, Dutch type (HCHWA-D), Alzheimer's dementia with Lewy bodies, trauma, stroke, pancreatitis, Inclusion Body Myositis (IBM), and other peripheral amyloidoses, diabetes and arteriosclerosis.
  • MCI mimild cognitive impairment”
  • trisomy 21 Down's syndrome
  • cerebral amyloid angiopathy degenerative dementias
  • hereditary cerebral haemorrhage with amyloidosis Dutch type (HCHWA-D)
  • Alzheimer's dementia with Lewy bodies trauma, stroke, pancreatitis
  • IBM Inclusion Body Myositis
  • diabetes and arteriosclerosis include diabetes and arteriosclerosis.
  • This invention further relates to a method of inhibiting ⁇ -secretase activity, characterised in that ⁇ -secretase is brought into contact with an inhibitory amount of one of the compounds according to the invention.
  • phenyl denotes a phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl or a 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9- or 10-membered aromatic mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl group which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, particularly 2-thiazolyl, or a pyridyl group wherein the phenyl, the thienyl, particularly the 3-thienyl, and the pyridyl group, particularly the 2-pyridyl group, are deemed to be particularly preferred.
  • the substituent L denotes independently of one another in each case hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F 3 C, HF 2 C, FH 2 C, 6-alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, R 15 —O, R 15 —O—C 1-3 -alkyl, (R 14 ) 2 N, (R 14 ) 2 N—CO, R 14 —CO—(R 14 )N, (R 14 ) 2 N—CO—(R 14 )N, (R 14 ) 2 N—SO 2 —, R 14
  • the substituent L denotes independently of one another in each case hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, phenyl, (R 14 ) 2 N, (R 14 ) 2 N—CO, R 14 —CO—(R 14 )N, (R 14 ) 2 N—CO—(R 14 )N, R 14 —SO 2 —(R 14 )N or (R 14 ) 2 N—SO 2 —, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms.
  • substituent L independently of one another in each case, are hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, C 1-4 -alkyl or C 1-4 -alkoxy, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms.
  • substituent L independently of one another in each case, are hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, methyl and methoxy.
  • the index i may assume the values 0, 1 or 2. In particularly preferred embodiments the value of the index i is 0 or 1.
  • the group B represents a C 1-4 -alkylene bridge which may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F 3 C, HF 2 C, FH 2 C, C 1-4 -alkyl, C 1-6 -alkyl-S—C 1-3 -alkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl, alkyl, (R 14 ) 2 N—CO, R 14 —SO 2 —, R 14 —CO—(R 14 )N, R 14 —SO 2 (R 14 )N, (R 14 ) 2 N—SO 2 —,
  • the group B represents a C 1-4 -alkylene bridge, which may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F 3 C, HF 2 C, FH 2 C, C 1-4 -alkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, R 15 —O, (R 14 ) 2 N—SO 2 — and (R 14 ) 2 N, and two C 1-4 -alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C 1-4 -alkylene bridge may be joined together forming a C 3-7 -cycloalkyl group, and the above-mentioned groups
  • the group B denotes a C 1-4 -alkylene bridge, wherein the C 1-4 -alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among C 1-4 -alkyl, phenyl- and benzyl, and two C 1-4 -alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C 1-4 -alkylene bridge may be joined together forming a C 3-6 -cycloalkyl group, and the above-mentioned groups and the C 3-7 -cycloalkyl group formed from the C 1-4 -alkyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, hydroxy and C 1-3 -alkoxy.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms may optionally be replaced by fluorine.
  • B is a C 1-2 -alkylene bridge which may optionally be substituted by one or more C 1-4 -alkyl groups, and wherein two C 1-4 -alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C 1-2 -alkylene bridge may be joined together forming a cyclopropyl group, and one or more hydrogen atoms of the above-mentioned C 1-2 -alkylene bridge and/or the C 1-4 -alkyl groups and/or the cyclopropyl group formed therefrom may optionally be replaced by one or more fluorine atoms.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms may optionally be replaced by fluorine.
  • Another preferred embodiment comprises those compounds according to the invention wherein the partial formula (II)
  • the group R 1 is selected from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F 3 C, HF 2 C, FH 2 C, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy and hydroxy-C 1-3 -alkyl.
  • R 1 selected from among hydrogen, C 1-4 -alkyl, C 3-4 -alkenyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl- and C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, hydroxy and C 1-3 -alkoxy.
  • R 1 selected from among hydrogen and C 1-4 -alkyl, wherein the C 1-4 -alkyl group may be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms.
  • X 1 is C(R 10 ) and X 2 , X 3 , X 4 each independently of one another denote C(R 11 ), wherein the groups R 11 may each be selected independently of one another from the definitions given for R 11 hereinbefore and below.
  • X 1 is C(R 10 ) and X 2 , X 3 , X 4 in each case denote a ⁇ CH— group.
  • Preferred groups R 2 are groups selected from among C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-6 -alkyl-S—C 1-3 -alkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, F 3 C, HF 2 C, FH 2 C, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C
  • R 2 are groups selected from among C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups, which contain 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, C 1-3 -alkyl, F 3 C, HF 2 C, FH 2 C, C 1-3 -alkoxy and (R 14 ) 2 N.
  • R 2 are groups selected from among C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups, which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, C 1-3 -alkyl, F 3 C, HF 2 C, FH 2 C, C 1-3 -alkoxy and (R 14 ) 2 N.
  • R 2 which are selected from among n-propyl, n-butyl, 2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, pyridylmethyl, particularly 3-pyridylmethyl, furanylmethyl, thienylmethyl and thiazolylmethyl,
  • propyl, butyl, propynyl and butynyl groups may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms and the benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, furanylmethyl, thienylmethyl or thiazolylmethyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl, F 3 C, HF 2 C, FH 2 C and H 2 N.
  • R 2 which are selected from among n-butyl, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, pyridylmethyl, particularly 3-pyridylmethyl, thienylmethyl and thiazolylmethyl, wherein the above-mentioned phenyl groups of the benzyl and 2-phenylethyl groups may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms.
  • R 2 which are selected from among benzyl, 3,5-difluorobenzyl, thienylmethyl, particularly 3-thienylmethyl- and n-butyl, the benzyl group being the most preferred group.
  • R 3 denotes hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, fluorine, F 3 C, HF 2 C or FH 2 C— and particularly preferably R 3 is hydrogen.
  • the group R 4 is preferably hydrogen.
  • the group R 3 is selected from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, fluorine, F 3 C, HF 2 C or FH 2 C and the group R 4 is hydrogen.
  • the groups R 3 and R 4 are hydrogen.
  • Preferred groups R 8 are groups selected from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3
  • R 8 are groups selected from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups which contain 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, carboxy, hydroxy, cyano, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy, C 1-3 -alkoxy-C 1-3 -alky
  • R 8 are groups selected from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, carboxy, hydroxy, cyano, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy, C
  • R 8 which are selected from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl or tetrahydropyranyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, particularly 4-tetrahydropyranyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl, hydroxy, cyano, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy, C 1-3 -alkyl-S, hydroxy-C 1-3 -alkyl, (R 14 ) 2 N, (R 14 ) 2 N—C 1-3 -alkyl, (R 14 ) 2 N—CO—N(R 14 )— and (R 14 ) 2 N—
  • R 8 is C 1-6 -alkyl, particularly C 1-4 -alkyl, C 3-5 -cycloalkyl-C 1-2 -alkyl, wherein R 8 in its most preferred embodiment denotes a methyl or ethyl group.
  • Preferred groups R 5 and R 7 are each selected independently of one another from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C 1-3 alkyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl- and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy, C 1-3 -alkyl-S, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C 1-3
  • R 5 are selected from among C 1-6 -alkyl, cyclopropyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl and phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy and (R 14 ) 2 N.
  • R 7 are selected from among C 1-6 -alkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, phenyl and phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy and (R 14 ) 2 N.
  • R 5 is selected from among C 1-6 -alkyl, cyclopropyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl and phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy and (R 14 ) 2 N, and R 7 is selected from among C 1-6 -alkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, phenyl and phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, io
  • Particularly preferred compounds are those wherein R 5 and R 7 each independently of one another denote C 1-4 -alkyl or cyclopropyl groups, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the above-mentioned groups may optionally be replaced by fluorine atoms.
  • Particularly preferred compounds are those wherein R 5 and R 7 each independently of one another denote C 1-4 -alkyl groups, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the C 1-4 -alkyl groups may optionally be replaced by fluorine atoms, wherein R 5 is most preferably a methyl group and R 7 is most preferably an ethyl or isopropyl group.
  • Preferred groups R 6 and R 9 are in each case selected independently of one another from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl and C 2-6 -alkynyl, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the above-mentioned groups may be replaced by fluorine.
  • R 6 is hydrogen and R 9 is selected from among hydrogen and C 1-4 -alkyl, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the C 1-4 -alkyl group may be replaced by fluorine.
  • the groups R 6 and R 9 are hydrogen.
  • R 10 are groups selected from among hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-6 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-6 -alkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C 1-6 -alkyl, R 15 —O, R 15 —O—C 1-3 -alkyl, R 12 —SO 2 —(R 13 )N and R 12 —CO—(R 13 )N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, for
  • R 10 are groups selected from among hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, C 1-4 -alkyl, C 1-4 -alkoxy, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-oxy, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkoxy, 1,3-diazacyclohexan-2-on-1-yl, 2-oxo-1,3-oxazinan-3-yl, 3-oxomorpholino, 1,1-dioxo-[1,2,6]thiadiazinan-2-yl, phenyl, pyridyl, thienyl, furyl, R 12 —CO—(R 13 )N and R 12 —SO 2 —(R 13 )N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, carboxy, cyano, C 1-4 -alkoxy,
  • R 10 are groups selected from among R 12 —CO—(R 13 )N, R 12 —SO 2 —(R 13 )N, cyanophenyl, particularly o-cyanophenyl, and cyanothienyl, particularly o-cyanothienyl, wherein the above-mentioned cyanophenyl and cyanothienyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, C 1-4 -alkyl, C 1-4 -alkoxy, F 3 C, HF 2 C, FH 2 C, F 3 C—O, HF 2 C—O and FH 2 C—O.
  • the group R 10 denotes R 12 —SO 2 —(R 13 )N or o-cyanophenyl, wherein the o-cyanophenyl group may optionally be substituted by a C 1-4 -alkyl or C 1-4 -alkoxy group.
  • Preferred groups R 11 are in each case selected independently of one another from among hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl and F 3 C, wherein the groups hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine and bromine are particularly preferred, and the group hydrogen is most preferred.
  • R 10 denotes hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-6 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-6 -alkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-6 -alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C 1-6 -alkyl, R 15 —O, R 15 —O—C 1-3 -alkyl, R 12 —SO 2 —(R 13 )N or R 12 —CO—(R 13 )N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, ox
  • R 10 denotes hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, C 1-4 -alkyl, C 1-4 -alkoxy, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-oxy, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkoxy, 1,3-diazacyclohexan-2-on-1-yl, 2-oxo-1,3-oxazinan-3-yl, 3-oxomorpholino, 1,1-dioxo-[1,2,6]thiadiazinan-2-yl, phenyl, pyridyl, thienyl, furyl, R 12 —CO—(R 13 )N or R 12 —SO 2 —(R 13 )N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, carboxy, cyano,
  • R 10 denotes the group R 12 —CO—(R 13 )N, R 12 —SO 2 —(R 13 )N cyanophenyl, particularly o-cyanophenyl, or cyanothienyl, particularly o-cyanothienyl, wherein the above-mentioned cyanophenyl and cyanothienyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, C 1-4 -alkyl, C 1-4 -alkoxy, F 3 C, HF 2 C, FH 2 C, F 3 C—O, HF 2 C—O and FH 2 C—O, and R 11 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or bromine, particularly hydrogen.
  • R 10 denotes the group R 12 —SO 2 —(R 13 )N or o-cyanophenyl, wherein the o-cyanophenyl group may optionally be substituted by a C 1-4 -alkyl or C 1-4 -alkoxy group, and R 11 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or bromine, particularly hydrogen.
  • Preferred groups R 12 are groups selected from among C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl and (R 14 ) 2 N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy, hydroxy
  • R 12 are groups selected from among C 1-6 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, phenyl, phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl- and (R 14 ) 2 N, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, hydroxy-C 1-3 -alkyl, (R 14 ) 2 N and (R 14 ) 2 N—C 1-3 -alkyl.
  • R 12 are groups selected from among C 1-4 -alkyl, particularly methyl or ethyl, morpholinyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridyl, particularly 3-pyridyl, and (CH 3 ) 2 N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine and bromine
  • R 13 are groups selected from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy, hydroxy-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, (R 14 ) 2 N and (R 14 ) 2 N—C 1-3 -alkyl.
  • R 13 are groups selected from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy, hydroxy-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3
  • R 13 are groups selected from among hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl and 4-fluorophenyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine and bromine
  • R 12 is selected from among C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl and (R 14 ) 2 N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -
  • R 13 is selected from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy, hydroxy-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, (R 14 ) 2 N and (R 14 ) 2 N—C 1-3 -alkyl.
  • R 12 is selected from among C 1-6 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, phenyl, phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl- and (R 14 ) 2 N, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, hydroxy-C 1-3 -alkyl, (R 14 ) 2 N and (R 14 ) 2 N—C 1-3 -alkyl, and
  • R 13 is selected from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl, C 3-6 -cycloalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups, which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S,
  • a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C 1-3 -alkyl, C 1-3 -alkoxy, hydroxy-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, (R 14 ) 2 N and (R 14 ) 2 N—C 1-3 -alkyl.
  • R 12 denotes C 1-4 -alkyl, particularly methyl or ethyl, morpholinyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridyl, particularly 3-pyridyl, and (CH 3 ) 2 N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine and bromine, and R 13 denotes hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl and 4-fluorophenyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
  • a C 2-6 -alkylene bridge is preferred, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to R 13 and the SO 2 or CO group linked to R 12 a heterocyclic ring is formed, wherein one or two CH 2 groups of the C 2-6 -alkylene bridge may be replaced independently of one another by O, S, SO, SO 2 or N(R 14 ) in such a way that in each case two O or S atoms or an O atom and an S atom are not directly joined together, and wherein the C atoms of the above-mentioned C 2-6 -alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, hydroxy, carboxy, F 3 C, HF 2 C, FH 2 C, C 1-3 -alkyl and C 1-3 -alkoxy.
  • a C 2-4 -alkylene bridge is particularly preferred, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to R 13 and the SO 2 or CO group linked to R 12 a heterocyclic ring is formed, wherein one or two CH 2 groups of the C 2-4 -alkylene bridge may be replaced independently of one another by O, S or N(R 14 ) in such a way that in each case two O, S or N atoms or an O and an S atom are not joined together directly, and wherein the C atoms of the above-mentioned C 2-4 -alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms.
  • Preferred groups R 14 are groups which are in each case selected independently from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 3-6 -cyclyoalkyl, C 3-6 -cyclyoalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C 1-3 -alkyl, hydroxy-C 1-3 -alkyl and C 1-3 -alkoxy.
  • Particularly preferred groups R 14 independently of one another are hydrogen or C 1-6 -alkyl groups, particularly hydrogen or a methyl group, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the C 1-6 -alkyl group may be replaced by fluorine.
  • R 15 is selected independently of one another from among hydrogen, C 1-6 -alkyl, C 2-6 -alkenyl, C 2-6 -alkynyl, C 3-7 -cycloalkyl, C 3-7 -cyclyoalkyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, aryl, aryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C 1-3 -alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C 1-3 -alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C 1-3 -alkyl and C 1-3 -alkoxy.
  • Particularly preferred groups R 15 independently of one another are hydrogen or C 1-3 -alkyl groups, particularly hydrogen or a methyl group.
  • A, B, L, X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , i, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 have the meanings given hereinbefore.
  • Particularly preferred individual compounds are selected from among:
  • halogen denotes an atom selected from among F, Cl, Br and I.
  • C 1-n -alkyl wherein n may have a value from 1 to 10, denotes a saturated, branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 1 to n C atoms.
  • groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-pentyl, neo-pentyl, tert-pentyl, n-hexyl, iso-hexyl etc.
  • C 2-n -alkenyl wherein n has a value of 3 to 6, denotes a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 2 to n C atoms and a C ⁇ C double bond.
  • groups include ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, iso-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl etc.
  • C 2-n -alkynyl wherein n has a value of 3 to 6, denotes a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 2 to n C atoms and a CC triple bond.
  • groups include ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 5-hexynyl etc.
  • C 1-n -alkoxy or C 1-n -alkyloxy denotes a C 1-n -alkyl-O group, wherein C 1-n -alkyl is defined as above.
  • Examples of such groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentoxy, iso-pentoxy, neo-pentoxy, tert-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, iso-hexoxy etc.
  • C 3-n -cycloalkyl denotes a saturated monocyclic group with 3 to n C atoms. Examples of such groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl etc.
  • C 3-n -cycloalkyloxy denotes a C 3-n -cycloalkyl-O group wherein C 3-n -cycloalkyl is defined as above.
  • Examples of such groups include cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cycloheptyloxy etc.
  • C 3-n -cycloalkyl-C 1-n -alkoxy denotes a C 3-n -cycloalkyl group wherein C 3-n -cycloalkyl is defined as above and which is linked to a C 1-n -alkoxy group through a carbon atom of the C 1-n -alkoxy group.
  • Examples of such groups include cyclopropylmethyloxy, cyclobutylethyloxy, cyclopentylmethyloxy, cyclohexylmethyloxy, cyclohexylethyloxy etc.
  • C 3-n -cycloalkenyl denotes a C 3-n -cycloalkyl group which is defined as above and additionally has at least one C ⁇ C double bond, but is not aromatic by nature.
  • heterocyclyl used in this application denotes a saturated five-, six- or seven-membered ring system or a 5-12 membered bicyclic ring system which includes one, two, three or four heteroatoms, selected from N, O and/or S, such as for example a morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, oxathianyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, oxathiolanyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, oxazolidinyl, homopiperazinyl, homopiperidinyl, homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, azetidinyl, 1,3-diazacyclohexanyl or pyrazolidinyl
  • aryl used in this application denotes a phenyl, biphenyl, indanyl, indenyl, 6,7,8,9-tetrahydrobenzocycloheptenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl or naphthyl group.
  • heteroaryl used in this application denotes a heterocyclic, mono- or bicyclic aromatic ring system which includes in addition to at least one C atom one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O and/or S, wherein the term heteroaryl also includes the partially hydrogenated heterocyclic, aromatic ring systems.
  • Examples of such groups are pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyridyl-N-oxide, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, triazinyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazoyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazoyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazoyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, indolyl, isoindoyl, indolizinyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, pyrrolopyrimidinyl, purinyl, pyridopyrimidin
  • Preferred heteroaryl groups are furanyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl and 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxinyl.
  • pyrazole includes the isomers 1H-, 3H- and 4H-pyrazole.
  • pyrazolyl denotes 1H-pyrazolyl.
  • imidazole includes the isomers 1H-, 2H- and 4H-imidazole.
  • a preferred definition of imidazolyl is 1H-imidazolyl.
  • the definition triazole includes the isomers 1H-, 3H- and 4H-[1,2,4]-triazole as well as 1H-, 2H- and 4H-[1,2,3]-triazole.
  • the definition triazolyl therefore includes 1H-[1,2,4]-triazol-1-, -3- and -5-yl, 3H[1,2,4]-triazol-3- and -5-yl, 4H[1,2,4]-triazol-3-, -4- and -5-yl, 1H-[1,2,3]-triazol-1-, -4- and -5-yl, 2H[1,2,3]-triazol-2-, -4- and -5-yl as well as 4H[1,2,3]-triazol-4- and -5-yl.
  • tetrazole includes the isomers 1H-, 2H- and 5H-tetrazole.
  • the definition tetrazolyl therefore includes 1H-tetrazol-1- and -5-yl, 2H-tetrazol-2- and -5-yl and 5H-tetrazol-5-yl.
  • indole includes the isomers 1H- and 3H-indole.
  • indolyl preferably denotes 1H-indol-1-yl.
  • isoindole includes the isomers 1H- and 2H-isoindole.
  • the bond to one of the above-mentioned heterocyclic or heteroaromatic groups may be effected via a C atom or optionally an N atom.
  • each hydrogen atom may be removed from the substituent and the valency thus freed may be used as a bonding point to the rest of a molecule.
  • the groups and substituents described hereinbefore may be mono- or polysubstituted by fluorine in the manner described.
  • Preferred fluorinated alkyl groups are fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl and trifluoromethyl.
  • Preferred fluorinated alkoxy groups are fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy and trifluoromethoxy.
  • Preferred fluorinated alkylsulphinyl and alkylsulphonyl groups are trifluoromethylsulphinyl and trifluoromethylsulphonyl.
  • the compounds of general formula (I) according to the invention may have acid groups, chiefly carboxyl groups, and/or basic groups such as e.g. amino functions.
  • Compounds of general formula (I) may therefore be present as internal salts, as salts with pharmaceutically useable inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, sulphonic acid or organic acids (such as for example maleic acid, fumaric acid, citric acid, tartaric acid or acetic acid) or as salts with pharmaceutically useable bases such as alkali or alkaline earth metal hydroxides or carbonates, zinc or ammonium hydroxides or organic amines such as e.g. diethylamine, triethylamine, triethanolamine, inter alia.
  • pharmaceutically useable inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, sulphonic acid or organic acids (such as for example maleic acid, fumaric acid, citric acid, tarta
  • the compounds according to the invention may be obtained using the methods of synthesis known in principle from starting compounds known to the skilled man (cf. for example: Houben Weyl—Methods of Organic Chemistry, Vol. E22, Synthesis of Peptides and Peptidomimetics, M. Goodman, A. Felix, L. Moroder, C. Toniolo Eds., Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart, New York).
  • the skilled man knowing the structure of the compounds according to the invention will be able to synthesise them from known starting materials without any further information.
  • the compounds may be obtained by the methods of preparation described hereinafter.
  • Diagram A illustrates by way of example the synthesis of the compounds according to the invention.
  • an amide is prepared by standard coupling methods. After deprotection coupling is carried out with another Boc-protected amino acid.
  • the amine obtained after repeated deprotection is reductively aminated with a Boc-protected aminoaldehyde.
  • the amine obtained after repeated deprotection is coupled with an isophthalic acid monoamide component to yield the end product.
  • Diagram B illustrates by way of example the solid phase synthesis of compounds of formula 19.
  • the synthesis is carried out according to normal standard methods described in the literature (Houben-Weyl—Methods of Organic Chemistry, Vol. E22, Synthesis of Peptides and Peptidomimetics, M. Goodman, A. Felix, L. Moroder, C. Toniolo Eds., Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart, New York).
  • a commercially obtainable (formylindolyl)acetamido-methylpolystyrene resin is used.
  • reductive alkylation is carried out between the aldehyde group and 4-chloro-benzylamine.
  • the secondary amine formed is then acylated with the first amino acid (Fmoc-Val).
  • the acylation is carried out according to standard methods of peptide chemistry, e.g. with HATU as coupling reagent.
  • the second Fmoc amino acid (Fmoc-Ala) is coupled in the presence of TBTU/HOBt as coupling reagent.
  • the second reductive alkylation is carried out with an Fmoc amino acid aldehyde, in this case Fmoc-phenylalaninal.
  • the resulting secondary amine is then protected with Boc-anhydride.
  • the acylation is carried out with the isophthalic acid in the presence of TBTU/HOBt and Dipea.
  • the cleaving of the product from the solid phase is carried out under acidic conditions with trifluoroacetic acid.
  • Diagram C illustrates by way of example the synthesis of the compounds according to the invention based on aryl-substituted isophthalic acids.
  • the aryl-substituted isophthalic acid monoamide needed is obtained by Suzuki coupling, followed by monosaponification, amide coupling and a repeat saponification. It is coupled with an amine component (cf Diagram A) to yield the end product.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may be converted into the salts thereof, particularly for pharmaceutical use into the physiologically and pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof.
  • these salts may be present as physiologically and pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds of formula (I) with inorganic or organic acids.
  • the compound of formula (I) may also be converted by reaction with inorganic bases into physiologically and pharmacologically acceptable salts with alkali or alkaline earth metal cations as counter-ion.
  • Acids which may be used to prepare the acid addition salts include for example hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, acetic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, lactic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid or maleic acid. Mixtures of the above acids may also be used.
  • the alkali or alkaline earth metal salts of the compound of formula (I) with acidically bound hydrogen it is preferable to use the alkali or alkaline earth metal hydroxides and hydrides, of which the hydroxides and hydrides of the alkali metals, particularly of sodium and potassium, are preferred, and sodium and potassium hydroxide are particularly preferred.
  • the compounds according to the invention of general formula (I) and the corresponding pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are chiefly suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of all those conditions or ailments which are characterised by a pathological form of the ⁇ -amyloid peptide, such as for example ⁇ -amyloid plaques, or which can be influenced by inhibition of ⁇ -secretase.
  • the compounds according to the invention are particularly suitable for the prevention, treatment or slowing down of the progress of diseases such as Alzheimer's disease (AD) and other diseases associated with abnormal processing of Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP) or aggregation of the Abeta peptide, as well as diseases which can be treated or prevented by the inhibition of ⁇ -secretase or cathepsin D.
  • Such diseases include MCI (“mild cognitive impairment”), trisomy 21 (Down's syndrome), cerebral amyloid angiopathy, degenerative dementias, hereditary cerebral haemorrhage with amyloidosis, Dutch type (HCHWA-D), Alzheimer's dementia with Lewy bodies, trauma, stroke, pancreatitis, Inclusion Body Myositis (IBM), and other peripheral amyloidoses, diabetes and arteriosclerosis.
  • MCI mimild cognitive impairment”
  • trisomy 21 Down's syndrome
  • cerebral amyloid angiopathy degenerative dementias
  • hereditary cerebral haemorrhage with amyloidosis Dutch type (HCHWA-D)
  • Alzheimer's dementia with Lewy bodies trauma, stroke, pancreatitis
  • IBM Inclusion Body Myositis
  • diabetes and arteriosclerosis include diabetes and arteriosclerosis.
  • the compounds are preferably suitable for the prevention and treatment of Alzheimer's disease.
  • the compounds according to the invention may be used as a monotherapy and also in combination with other compounds which may be administered for the treatment of the above-mentioned diseases.
  • the compounds according to the invention are particularly suitable for administration to mammals, preferably primates, particularly preferably humans, for the treatment and/or prevention of the above-mentioned conditions and diseases.
  • the compounds according to the invention may be administered by oral, parenteral (intravenous, intramuscular etc.), intranasal, sublingual, inhalative, intrathecal, topical or rectal route.
  • the compounds according to the invention may be formulated such that the compounds according to the invention do not come into contact with the acidic gastric juices.
  • Suitable oral formulations may for example have gastric juice-resistant coatings which only release the active substances on reaching the small intestine. Such tablet coats are known in the art.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical formulations for administering the compounds according to the invention are for example tablets, pellets, coated tablets, capsules, powders, suppositories, solutions, elixirs, active substance plasters, aerosols and suspensions.
  • Approximately 0.1 to 1000 mg of one of the compounds according to the invention or of a mixture of several of these compounds is formulated on its own or together with pharmaceutically conventional excipients such as carriers, diluents, binders, stabilisers, preservatives, dispersants etc. to form a dosage unit in a manner known to the skilled man.
  • pharmaceutically conventional excipients such as carriers, diluents, binders, stabilisers, preservatives, dispersants etc.
  • a dosage unit e.g. a tablet
  • a dosage unit preferably contains between 2 and 250 mg, particularly preferably between 10 and 100 mg of the compounds according to the invention.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations are administered 1, 2, 3 or 4 times, particularly preferably 1-2 times, most preferably once a day.
  • the dosage required to achieve a corresponding effect with the treatment or prevention usually depends on the compound which is to be administered, the patient, the nature and gravity of the disease or condition and the method and frequency of administration and is for the doctor prescribing the treatment to decide.
  • the amount of the compounds according to the invention administered is in the range from 0.1 to 1000 mg/day, preferably 2 to 250 mg/day, particularly preferably 5 to 100 mg/day, when administered orally.
  • the compounds of formula (I) prepared according to the invention may be formulated together with one or more inert conventional carriers and/or diluents, e.g.
  • the compounds according to the invention may also be used in combination with other active substances, particularly for the treatment and/or prevention of the diseases and conditions mentioned hereinbefore.
  • Other active substances which may be used for such combinations include in particular those which, for example, potentiate the therapeutic effect of a compound according to the invention in respect of one of the indications mentioned and/or enable the dosage of a compound according to the invention to be reduced.
  • Therapeutic agents suitable for such a combination include, for example, beta-secretase inhibitors; gamma-secretase inhibitors; amyloid aggregation inhibitors such as e.g. alzhemed; directly or indirectly acting neuroprotective substances; anti-oxidants, such as e.g.
  • vitamin E or ginkolide anti-inflammatory substances, such as e.g. Cox inhibitors, NSAIDs additionally or exclusively having A ⁇ lowering properties; HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors (statins); acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, such as donepezil, rivastigmine, tacrine, galantamine; NMDA receptor antagonists such as e.g.
  • AMPA agonists substances modulating the concentration or release of neurotransmitters such as NS-2330; substances inducing the secretion of growth hormone such as ibutamoren mesylate and capromorelin; CB-1 receptor antagonists or inverse agonists; antibiotics such as minocyclin or rifampicin; PDE-IV and PDE-IX inhibitors, GABA A inverse agonists, nicotinic agonists, histamine H3 antagonists, 5 HAT-4 agonists or partial agonists, 5HT-6 antagonists, a2-adrenoreceptor antagonists, muscarinic M1 agonists, muscarinic M2 antagonists, metabotropic glutamate-receptor 5 positive modulators, and other substances that modulate receptors or enzymes in a manner such that the efficacy and/or safety of the compounds according to the invention is increased and/or unwanted side effects are reduced.
  • the compounds according to the invention, or the physiologically acceptable salts thereof, and the other active substances to be combined with them may be contained together in a dosage unit, for example a tablet or capsule, or separately in two identical or different dosage units, for example as a so-called kit-of-parts.
  • the compounds according to the invention may also be used in combination with immunotherapies such as e.g. active immunisation with Abeta or parts thereof or passive immunisation with humanised anti-Abeta antibodies for the treatment of the above-mentioned diseases and conditions.
  • immunotherapies such as e.g. active immunisation with Abeta or parts thereof or passive immunisation with humanised anti-Abeta antibodies for the treatment of the above-mentioned diseases and conditions.
  • the dosage for the above-mentioned combination partners is expediently 1 ⁇ 5 of the normally recommended lowest dose up to 1/1 of the normally recommended dose.
  • the invention relates to the use of a compound according to the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt of such a compound combined with at least one of the active substances described above as combination partners for preparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for the treatment or prevention of diseases or conditions which can be influenced by the inhibition of ⁇ -secretase.
  • the compound according to the invention, or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with another active substance may be used simultaneously or at staggered times, but particularly close together in time. If administered simultaneously, the two active substances are given to the patient together; if administered at staggered times the two active substances are given to the patient successively within a period of less than or equal to 12, particularly less than or equal to 6 hours.
  • the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition which contains a compound according to the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt of such a compound and at least one of the active substances described hereinbefore as combination partners, optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention contains a combination of a compound according to the invention of formula (I) or a physiologically acceptable salt of such a compound as well as at least one other of the above-mentioned active substances optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • the compounds according to the invention inhibit the proteolysis of the APP protein between the amino acids Met595 and Asp596 (the numbering relates to the APP695 isoform) or the proteolysis of other APP isoforms such as APP751 and APP770 or mutated APP at the corresponding site, which is also referred to as the ⁇ -secretase cleavage site.
  • the inhibition of the ⁇ -secretase should therefore lead to a reduced production of the ⁇ -amyloid peptide (A ⁇ ).
  • the activity of the ⁇ -secretase may be investigated in assays based on different detection techniques.
  • a catalytically active form of ⁇ -secretase is incubated with a potential substrate in a suitable buffer.
  • the reduction in the substrate concentration or the increase in the product concentration may be monitored using various technologies as a function of the substrate used: HPLS-MS analysis, fluorescence assays, fluorescence-quenching assays, luminescence assays are a non-representative selection of the various possibilities.
  • Assay systems in which the effectiveness of a compound can be demonstrated are described e.g. in U.S. Pat. No. 5,942,400 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,744,346 and hereinafter.
  • An alternative assay format comprises displacing a known ⁇ -secretase ligand with a test substance (US 2003/0125257).
  • the substrate either the APP protein or parts thereof or any amino acid sequence which can be hydrolysed by ⁇ -secretase may be used.
  • a selection of such sequences can be found for example in Tomasselli et al. 2003 in J. Neurochem 84: 1006.
  • a peptide sequence of this kind may be coupled to suitable dyes which make it possible to detect proteolysis indirectly.
  • the enzyme source used may be the total ⁇ -secretase enzyme or mutants with a catalytic activity or just parts of the ⁇ -secretase which still contain the catalytically active domain.
  • Various forms of ⁇ -secretase are known and available and may be used as the enzyme source in a corresponding test set-up.
  • Human ⁇ -secretase is known by the name Beta Site APP Cleaving Enzyme (BACE), Asp2 and memapsin 2 and is described e.g. in U.S. Pat. No. 5,744,346 and in Patent Applications WO 98/22597, WO 00/03819, WO 01/23533, and WO 00/17369, as well as in the scientific literature (Hussain et. al., 1999, Mol. Cell. Neurosci. 14: 419-427; Vassar et. al., 1999, Science 286: 735-741; Yan et.
  • BACE Beta Site APP Cleaving Enzyme
  • ⁇ -secretase may be extracted and purified for example from human brain tissue or produced recombinantly in mammalian cell cultures, insect cell cultures, yeasts or bacteria.
  • IC50 value of a substance different amounts of substance are incubated with the ⁇ -secretase in an assay.
  • the IC50 value of a compound is defined as the concentration of substance at which a 50% reduction in the detected signal is measured, compared with the mixture without the test compound.
  • Substances are evaluated as inhibiting ⁇ -secretase if under these conditions their IC50 value is less than 50 ⁇ M, preferably less than 10 ⁇ M, particularly preferably less than 1 ⁇ M and most particularly preferably less than 100 nM.
  • an assay for detecting ⁇ -secretase activity may be as follows:
  • the ectodomain of BACE (amino acids 1-454) fused to the recognition sequence for an anti-Myc antibody and a poly-histidine is secreted overnight by HEK293/APP/BACE ect. cells in OptiMEM® (Invitrogen). A 10 ⁇ l aliquot of this cell culture supernatant is used as the enzyme source. The enzyme is stable over more than 3 months' storage at 4° C. or ⁇ 20° C. in OptiMEM®.
  • the substrate used is a peptide with the amino acid sequence SEVNLDAEFK, to which the Cy3 fluorophore (Amersham) is coupled N-terminally and the Cy5Q fluorophore (Amersham) is coupled C-terminally.
  • the substrate is dissolved in DMSO in a concentration of 1 mg/ml and used in the experiment in a concentration of 1 ⁇ M.
  • the test mixture also contains 20 mM NaOAc, pH 4.4 and a maximum of 1% DMSO.
  • the test is carried out in a 96-well plate in a total volume of 200 ⁇ l for 30 minutes at 30° C.
  • the cleaving of the substrate is recorded kinetically in a fluorimeter (ex: 530 nm, em: 590 nm).
  • the assay is started by adding the substrate.
  • the IC 50 value for the test compound is calculated using standard software (e.g. GraphPad Prism®) from the percentage inhibition of the substance at different test concentrations.
  • the relative inhibition is calculated from the reduction in signal intensity in the presence of the substance, compared with the signal intensity without the substance.
  • the compounds (1)-(458) listed in the preceding Table have IC 50 values of less than 30 ⁇ M, measured using the test described hereinbefore.
  • the activity of the ⁇ -secretase may also be investigated in cellular systems.
  • APP is a substrate for ⁇ -secretase and A ⁇ is secreted by the cells after processing of APP by ⁇ -secretase has taken place
  • cellular test systems for detecting ⁇ -secretase activity are based on the detection of the amount of A ⁇ formed over a defined period.
  • a selection of suitable cells includes, but is not restricted to, human embryonic kidney fibroblasts 293 (HEK293), Chinese Hamster Ovary cells (CHO), human H4 neuroglioma cells, human U373 MG astrocytoma glioblastoma cells, murine neuroblastoma N2a cells, which stably or transiently express APP or mutated forms of APP, such as e.g. the Swedish or London or Indiana mutation.
  • the transfection of the cells is carried out e.g. by cloning the cDNA from human APP into an expression vector such as e.g. pcDNA3 (Invitrogen) and adding it to the cells with a transfection reagent such as e.g. lipofectamine (Invitrogen) in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.
  • a transfection reagent such as e.g. lipofectamine (Invitrogen) in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.
  • the secretion of A ⁇ may also be measured from cells without genetic modification with a suitably sensitive A ⁇ detection assay such as e.g. ELISA or HTRF.
  • a suitably sensitive A ⁇ detection assay such as e.g. ELISA or HTRF.
  • Cells which may be used for this may be for example human IMR32 neuroblastoma cells, besides various other cells.
  • the secretion of A ⁇ may also be investigated in cells obtained from the brains of embryos or the young of APP transgenic mice, e.g. in those of Hsiao et al 1996 Science 274: 99-102, or from other organisms such as e.g. guinea pigs or rats.
  • Substances are evaluated as inhibiting ⁇ -secretase if under these conditions their IC 50 value is less than 50 ⁇ M, preferably less than 10 ⁇ M, particularly preferably less than 1 ⁇ M and most preferably less than 100 nM.
  • U373-MG cells which stably express APP are cultivated in a culture medium such as DMEM+glucose, sodium pyruvate, glutamine and 10% FCS at 37° C. in a steam-saturated atmosphere with 5% CO 2 .
  • a culture medium such as DMEM+glucose, sodium pyruvate, glutamine and 10% FCS at 37° C. in a steam-saturated atmosphere with 5% CO 2 .
  • the cells are incubated with different concentrations of the compound between 50 ⁇ M and 50 ⁇ M for 12-24 h.
  • the substance is dissolved in DMSO and diluted for the assay in culture medium such that the DMSO concentration does not exceed 0.5%.
  • a ⁇ The production of A ⁇ during this period is determined using an ELISA which uses the antibodies 6E10 (Senentek) and SGY3160 (C. Eckman, Mayo Clinic, Jacksonville, Fla., USA) as capturing antibodies which are bound to the microtitre plate and A ⁇ 40 and A ⁇ 42-specific antibodies (Nanotools, Germany), coupled to alkaline phosphatase as detection antibodies. Non-specific binding of proteins to the microtitre plate is prevented by blocking with Block Ace (Serotec) before the addition of the A ⁇ -containing culture supernatant.
  • Block Ace Block Ace
  • the amounts of A ⁇ contained in the cell supernatant are quantified by adding the substrate for alkaline phosphatase CSPD/Sapphire II (Applied Biosystems) in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Possible non-specific effects of the test compound on the vitality of the cell are ruled out by determining this by AlamarBlue (Resazurin) reduction over a period of 60 minutes. The potency of non-toxic substances is determined by calculating the concentration which results in a 50% reduction in the amount of A ⁇ secreted by comparison with untreated cells.
  • transgenic animals which express APP and/or ⁇ -secretase are used to test the inhibitory activity of compounds of this invention.
  • Corresponding transgenic animals are described e.g. in U.S. Pat. No. 5,877,399, U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,486, U.S. Pat. No. 5,387,742, U.S. Pat. No. 5,720,936, U.S. Pat. No. 5,850,003, U.S. Pat. No. 5,877,015 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,811,633, and in Games et.
  • ⁇ -secretase inhibitors according to this invention and subsequent investigation of the pathology of the animals is another alternative for demonstrating the ⁇ -secretase inhibition by the compounds.
  • the compounds are administered in such a way that they are able to reach their site of activity in a pharmaceutically effective form and amount.
  • the test for detecting cathepsin D (EC: 3.4.23.5) inhibition was carried out as follows: 20 mU of recombinant cathepsin D (Calbiochem, Cat. No. 219401) in 20 mM sodium acetate buffer pH 4.5 with 5 ⁇ M substrate peptide and various concentrations of the test substance are incubated at 37° C. in a 96-well dish and the conversion is recorded over 60 minutes in a fluorescence measuring device (emission: 535 nm, extinction: 340 nm).
  • the peptide substrate used has the following sequence: NH 2 -Arg-Glu(Edans)-Glu-Val-Asn-Leu-Asp-Ala-Glu-Phe-Lys(Dabcyl)-Arg-COOH (Bachem).
  • a peptide or protein substrate with a sequence that can be cleaved proteolytically by cathepsin D.
  • the test substances are dissolved in DMSO and used in the assay after being diluted to a maximum 1% DMSO.
  • the assay is started by adding the substrate.
  • the IC 50 value for the test compound is calculated using standard software (e.g. GraphPad Prism®) from the percentage inhibition of the substance at different test concentrations.
  • the relative inhibition is calculated from the reduction in signal intensity in the presence of the substance, compared with the signal intensity without the substance.
  • HPLC 1-data were produced under the following conditions:
  • the mobile phase used is:
  • the stationary phase used was a Varian column, Microsorb 100 C 18 3 ⁇ m, 4.6 mm ⁇ 50 mm, batch no. 2231108 (column temperature: constant at 25° C.).
  • the diode array detection took place at a wavelength range of 210-300 nm
  • HPLC 2-data were produced under the following conditions:
  • the mobile phase used is:
  • the stationary phase used was a Develosil RPAq. column 4.6 mm ⁇ 50 mm,
  • the detection took place at wavelengths of 254 nm.
  • HPLC 3-data were produced under the following conditions:
  • the mobile phase used is:
  • the stationary phase used was a Waters column, Xterra MS C 18 , 3.5 ⁇ m, 2.1 mm ⁇ 50 mm (column temperature: constant at 40° C.).
  • the diode array detection took place at a wavelength range of 210-500 nm
  • HPLC 4-data were produced under the following conditions:
  • the stationary phase used was a Varian column, Microsorb C 18 8 ⁇ m, 21.2 mm ⁇ 250 mm; the diode array detection took place at a wavelength range of 210-300 nm
  • HPLC 5-data were produced under the following conditions:
  • HPLC 6 data were produced under the following conditions:
  • the mobile phase used is:
  • the stationary phase used was a column X-Terra MS C18, 3.5 ⁇ m, 4.6 mm ⁇ 50 mm, (column temperature: constant at 40° C.).
  • the diode array detection took place at a wavelength range of 210-500 nm.
  • HPLC-MS-data were produced under the following conditions:
  • the mobile phase used is:
  • the stationary phase used was a Waters column, Xterra MS C 18 2.5 ⁇ m, 4.6 mm ⁇ 30 mm, (column temperature: constant at 25° C.).
  • the diode array detection took place at a wavelength range of 210-500 nm
  • reaction solution was extracted with 20% KHCO 3 solution and water.
  • organic phases were separated using a phase separator cartridge and evaporated to dryness i. vac.
  • the residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel with the eluant (ethyl acetate/heptane 9:1). Yield 580 mg (85%) beige crystals 1-d.
  • Quantitative yield of 1-g as a yellow oil Quantitative yield of 1-g as a yellow oil.
  • Example 1-l was prepared analogously to Example 1-g from 1-k.
  • Example 2 Analogously to Example 1 the following compounds were prepared from dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate and the corresponding amount of sulphonyl chlorides:
  • Example 1.35 was prepared analogously to Example 1, except that iodoethane was used instead of methyl iodide.
  • Example 1.36 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and (S)-2- ⁇ (S)-2-[(S)-2-amino-3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)-propylamino]-propionylamino ⁇ -N-ethyl-3-methyl-butyramide.
  • Example 1.37 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-cyclohexylalaninal in step 1k) instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal.
  • Example 1.38 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-norleucinal in step 1k) instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal.
  • Example 1.39 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-2-amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyraldehyde in step 1k) instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal.
  • Example 1.40 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-cyclopentylalaninal in step 1k) instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal.
  • Example 1.41 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-2-amino-3-benzyloxy-propionaldehyde in step 1k) instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal.
  • Example 1.42 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-2-amino-3-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-propionaldehyde in step 1k) instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal.
  • Example 1.45 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4,4,4-trifluoro-butyric acid in step 1f) instead of Boc-L-valine.
  • Example 1.46 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-2-aminobutyric acid in step 1h) instead of Boc-alanine.
  • Example 1.47 was prepared analogously to Example 1.46, by using Boc-(S)-2-aminohexanal instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal analogously to step 1k). The crude product was purified by
  • Example 1.48 was prepared analogously to Example 1.38 from 1-e, by using Ala-Val-amide (Bachem AG) in step 1-h) instead of 11.
  • the crude product was purified by RP-HPLC.
  • Example 1.49 was prepared analogously to Example 1.19, by using Ala-Val-amide (Bachem AG) in step 1-h) instead of 11.
  • the crude product was purified by RP-HPLC.
  • Example 1.50 was prepared analogously to Example 1.19, by using 2,2,2-trifluorethylamine instead of ethylamine in step 1-f). The crude product was purified by RP-HPLC.
  • Example 1.51 was prepared analogously to Example 1.38, by using methylamine in step 1-f) instead of ethylamine.
  • the crude product was purified by RP-HPLC.
  • the saponification von 1.52-a to 1.52-b was carried out analogously to step 18.6-d with sodium hydroxide solution in methanol.
  • 1.52 was prepared analogously to Example 1.38 from 1.52-b, by using Ala-Val-amide (Bachem AG) in step 1-h) instead of 11.
  • the crude product was first of all chromatographed on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol 95:5) and then purified by RP-HPLC.
  • Example 1.53 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-L-cyclopropylglycine in step 1h) instead of Boc-alanine.
  • Example 1.54 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-L-norvaline in step 1h) instead of Boc-alanine.
  • 2-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 2-b and benzylamine.
  • the purification was carried out by chromatography on silica gel with the eluant (dichloromethane/methanol 9:1).
  • Example 2.81 was prepared analogously to Example 2.80, except that (S)-1-phenyl-ethylamine was used instead of (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • Example 2.82 was prepared analogously to Example 2.80, except that in the synthesis of the precursor analogous to 1-l the corresponding benzylamine was used in step 1-f.
  • 5-b was prepared analogously to 1-j from 5-a.
  • 5-c was prepared analogously to 1-k from 1-i and 5-b.
  • 5-e was prepared analogously to 1-d from 1-e and 5-d.
  • 6-b was prepared analogously to 1-d from 6-a and (R)-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethylamine
  • 6-c was prepared analogously to 2-b from 6-b.
  • 6-d was prepared analogously to 1-d from 1-l and 6-c.
  • Example 6.2 was prepared analogously to Example 6, except that pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylic acid was used instead of 3,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid.
  • 6.3-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 6.3-b and (R)-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethylamine.
  • 6.3-d was prepared analogously to 2-b from 6.3-c.
  • 6.4-b was prepared analogously to 1-d from 1-l and 6.4-a.
  • Example 7 Analogously to Example 7 the following compounds were prepared from dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate and the corresponding amount of acid chlorides:
  • 8-b was prepared analogously to 1-c from 8-a.
  • 8-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 8-b and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • 8-e was prepared analogously to 1-d from 8-d and 1-l.
  • Example 8.2 was prepared analogously to Example 8, except that 4-fluorophenylboric acid was used instead of phenylboric acid.
  • Example 8.3 was prepared analogously to Example 8.2 using the corresponding educts.
  • 9-b was prepared analogously to 1-d from 9-a and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • 9-c was prepared analogously to 2-b from 9-b.
  • 9-d was prepared analogously to 1-d from 9-c and 1-l.
  • 9.2-a was prepared analogously to 1-d from 9-a and (R)-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethylamine.
  • 9.2-b was prepared analogously to 2-b from 9.2-a.
  • 9.6-b was prepared analogously to 2-b from 9.6-a.
  • 9.6-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 9.6-b and (R)-1-phenyl-propylamine.
  • 10-f was prepared analogously to 1-d from 10-e and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • 11-c was prepared analogously to 10-b from 11-b.
  • 11-e was prepared analogously to 1-d from 11-d and 1-l.
  • 12-f was prepared analogously to 1-d from 12-e and (R)-1-(3-chloro-phenyl)-ethylamine.
  • 13-c was prepared analogously to 1-b from 13-b.
  • 13-e was prepared analogously to 1-d from 13-d and 1-l.
  • 13-g was prepared analogously to 1-d from 13-f and (R)-1-(3-chloro-phenyl)-ethylamine.
  • 14-c was prepared analogously to 11-b from 14-a and dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate.
  • 14-f was prepared analogously to 1-d from 14-e and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • 14-h was prepared analogously to 1-d from 14-g and 1-l.
  • Example 14.2 was prepared analogously to Example 14, except that (R)-1-(3-chloro-phenyl)-ethylamine was used instead of (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • 15-a was prepared analogously to 1-d from 1-c and C-thiazol-2-yl-methylamine-hydrochloride.
  • 15-b was prepared analogously to 2-b from 15-a.
  • 15-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 15-b and 1-l.
  • 16-a was prepared analogously to 1-a from dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate and ethanesulphonyl chloride.
  • 16-b was prepared analogously to 1-b from 16-a and methyl iodide.
  • 16-c was prepared analogously to 1-c from 16-b.
  • 16-d was prepared analogously to 1-d from 16-c and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • 16-e was prepared analogously to 2-b from 16-d.
  • 16-f was prepared analogously to 1-d from 16-e and (S)-2-[(S)-2-((S)-2-amino-3-thiazol-4-yl-propylamino)-propionylamino]-N-ethyl-3-methyl-butyramide.
  • Example 16.2 was prepared analogously to Example 16, except that benzenesulphonyl chloride was used instead of ethanesulphonyl chloride.
  • 17-b was prepared analogously to 1-e from 17-a.
  • 17-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 17-b and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • 17-d was prepared analogously to 1-e from 17-c.
  • 17-e was prepared analogously to 1-d from 17-d and 1-l.
  • Example 17 Analogously to Example 17 the following compounds were prepared from dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate and the corresponding amount of isocyanates:
  • 18-b was prepared analogously to 1-i from 18-a.
  • 18-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 18-b and Boc-L-alanine.
  • 18-d was prepared analogously to 1-i from 18-c.
  • 18-e was prepared analogously to 1-k from 18-d and tert-butyl ((S)-1-benzyl-2-oxo-ethyl)-carbamate.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines of general formula (I)
Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00001
wherein the groups R1 to R15, A, B, L, i as well as X1-X4 are defined as in the specification and claims and the use thereof for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease (AD) and similar diseases.

Description

    RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a divisional of U.S. Ser. No. 11/278,059, filed Mar. 30, 2006. This application claims priority to European Patent Application No. 05 006 939.2, filed Mar. 30, 2005. The contents of each of the above are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines of general formula (I)
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00002
  • wherein the groups R1 to R15, A, B, L, i and X1-X4 are defined below, including the tautomers, the stereoisomers, the mixtures thereof and the salts thereof. A further object of this invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound of formula (I) according to the invention and the use of a compound according to the invention for preparing a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of Alzheimer's disease (AD) and other diseases associated with abnormal processing of Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP) or aggregation of the Abeta peptide, as well as diseases which can be treated or prevented by the inhibition of β-secretase. Such diseases include MCI (“mild cognitive impairment”), trisomy 21 (Down's syndrome), cerebral amyloid angiopathy, degenerative dementias, hereditary cerebral haemorrhage with amyloidosis, Dutch type (HCHWA-D), Alzheimer's dementia with Lewy bodies, trauma, stroke, pancreatitis, Inclusion Body Myositis (IBM), and other peripheral amyloidoses, diabetes and arteriosclerosis.
  • The compounds according to the invention also inhibit the aspartylprotease cathepsin D and are therefore suitable for suppressing the metastasisation of tumour cells.
  • The invention further relates to processes for preparing a pharmaceutical composition and a compound according to the invention.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • EP 652 009 A1 describes inhibitors of aspartate protease which inhibit the production of beta-amyloid peptides in cell culture and in vivo.
  • WO 00/69262 discloses a beta-secretase and the use thereof in assays for finding potential active substances for the treatment of AD.
  • WO 01/00663 discloses memapsin 2 (human beta-secretase) as well as a recombinant catalytically active enzyme. Methods of identifying inhibitors of memapsin 2 are also described.
  • WO 01/00665 discloses inhibitors of memapsin 2 for the treatment of AD.
  • WO 03/057721 discloses substituted aminocarboxamides for the treatment of AD.
  • At present there are no effective treatment methods capable of preventing, stopping or reversing AD.
  • The objective of the present invention is therefore to provide new substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines which inhibit the cleaving of APP (Amyloid Precursor Protein) mediated by β-secretase.
  • A further objective of the present invention is to provide physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds according to the invention with inorganic or organic acids.
  • Another objective of the present invention is to provide pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one compound according to the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt according to the invention, optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • The present invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more, preferably one active substance, which is selected from the compounds according to the invention and/or the corresponding salts, as well as one or more, preferably one additional active substance optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • This invention further relates to the use of at least one of the compounds according to the invention for inhibiting β-secretase.
  • The invention also sets out to provide new pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for the treatment or prevention of diseases or conditions associated with the abnormal processing of Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP) or aggregation of Abeta peptide.
  • The invention also sets out to provide new pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for the treatment or prevention of diseases or conditions which can be influenced by inhibiting the β-secretase activity.
  • The invention also sets out to provide new pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of Alzheimer's disease (AD) and other diseases which are associated with the abnormal processing of APP or aggregation of Abeta peptide, as well as diseases which can be treated or prevented by the inhibition of β-secretase, particularly AD.
  • The invention also relates to a method of inhibiting β-secretase activity.
  • Further objectives of the present invention will be apparent to the skilled man immediately from the foregoing remarks and those made hereinafter.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In a first aspect the present invention relates to substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines of general formula (I)
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00003
      • wherein
      • A denotes aryl or heteroaryl,
        • wherein the group A in addition to the groups L may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms,
      • L denotes in each case independently of one another hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C1-6-alkyl-S, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2 or R14—SO2,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy-C1-6-alkyl, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO and HOSO2—,
      • i denotes 0, 1, 2 or 3,
      • B denotes a C1-4-alkylene bridge,
        • wherein in the case of a C3-4-alkylene bridge the CH2 group of the C3-4-alkylene bridge, which is bound to the group A, may be replaced by —O—, and the C1-4-alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-4-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, (R14)2N—SO2, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R14—SO2, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2, R14—CO— and R14—SO—, and
        • two C1-4-alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C1-4-alkylene bridge may be joined together forming a C3-7-cycloalkyl group, and
        • the above-mentioned groups and the C3-7-cycloalkyl group formed from the C1-4-alkyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, (R14)2N—SO2— and HOSO2—,
      • R1 denotes hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-6-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)2N—SO2, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N and HOSO2—,
      • X1, denotes nitrogen or C(R10),
      • X2, X3, X4 each independently of one another denote nitrogen or C(R11)
        • with the proviso that 0, 1, 2 or 3 of the groups X1, X2, X3 and X4 may be nitrogen,
      • R2 denotes C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, (R14)2N, HOSO2—, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R15—O and R15—O—C1-3-alkyl,
      • R3, R4 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, fluorine, F3C, HF2C or FH2C,
      • R5, R7 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, C1-3-alkyl-S, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO and HOSO2—,
      • R6, R9 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy- and (R14)2N,
      • R8 denotes hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-4-alkenyl, aryl-C2-4-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-4-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-4-alkynyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R15—S, R15—S—C1-3-alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, (R14)2N—CO—N(R14)—, (R14)2N—SO2— and HOSO2—,
      • R10 denotes hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R12—SO2—(R13)N or R12—CO—(R13)N,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C1-6-alkyl-S, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—CO, R15—CO, R15—O—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N—SO2—(R14)N, R14—SO2—, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C—O, FH2C—O and R14—SO2—(R14)N,
      • R11 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, R15—O, (R14)2N or C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein the C1-3-alkyl group may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms,
      • R12 denotes C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl-heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-4-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl or (R14)2N,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2, R14—SO2, R14—SO, R14—S, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N—CO,
      • R13 denotes hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and R14CO,
      • or
      • R12 and R13 together form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to R13 and the SO2— or CO group linked to R12 a heterocyclic ring is formed,
        • wherein one or two CH2 groups of the C2-6-alkylene bridge may be replaced independently of one another by O, S, SO, SO2 or N(R14) in such a way that in each case two O or S atoms or an O and an S atom are not joined together directly, and
        • the C atoms of the above-mentioned C2-6-alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, formyl, cyano, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, oxo and nitro,
      • R14 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein
        • two C1-6-alkyl groups bound to the same nitrogen atom together may form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom bound to the groups R14 a heterocyclic ring is formed,
        • wherein a CH2 group of the C2-6-alkylene bridge may be replaced by O, S or N(R14), and
        • the above-mentioned groups and the heterocyclic ring may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, (R15)2N—CO— and (R15)2N—, and
      • R15 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl- and C1-3-alkoxy,
          the tautomers, the stereoisomers, the mixtures thereof and the salts thereof, particularly the physiologically acceptable salts thereof.
  • The compounds according to the invention of general formula (I) and the physiologically acceptable salts thereof have valuable pharmacological properties, particularly an inhibiting effect on β-secretase activity, particularly the β-secretase mediated cleaving of APP. In addition, the compounds of the present invention are characterised by a surprisingly good cellular activity.
  • In view of the inhibitory properties of the compounds according to the invention on cathepsin D activity, the compounds are also suitable for suppressing the metastasisation of tumour cells. The present invention also relates to the physiologically acceptable salts of the compounds according to the invention with inorganic or organic acids.
  • The invention therefore also relates to the use of the compounds according to the invention, including the physiologically acceptable salts, as medicaments.
  • The invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing at least one compound according to the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt according to the invention optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • This invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more, preferably one active substance, which is selected from the compounds according to the invention and/or the corresponding salts, as well as one or more, preferably one active substance, selected for example from among the beta-secretase inhibitors; gamma-secretase inhibitors; amyloid aggregation inhibitors such as e.g. alzhemed; directly or indirectly acting neuroprotective substances; anti-oxidants, such as e.g. vitamin E or ginkolide; anti-inflammatory substances, such as e.g. Cox inhibitors, NSAIDs additionally or exclusively having AB lowering properties; HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors (statins); acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, such as donepezil, rivastigmine, tacrine, galantamine; NMDA receptor antagonists such as e.g. memantine; AMPA agonists; substances modulating the concentration or release of neurotransmitters such as NS-2330; substances inducing the secretion of growth hormone such as ibutamoren mesylate and capromorelin; CB-1 receptor antagonists or inverse agonists; antibiotics such as minocyclin or rifampicin; PDE-IV and PDE-IX inhibitors, GABAA inverse agonists, nicotinic agonists, histamine H3 antagonists, 5 HAT-4 agonists or partial agonists, 5HT-6 antagonists, a2-adrenoreceptor antagonists, muscarinic M1 agonists, muscarinic M2 antagonists, metabotropic glutamate-receptor 5 positive modulators, and other substances that modulate receptors or enzymes in a manner such that the efficacy and/or safety of the compounds according to the invention is increased and/or unwanted side effects are reduced, optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • This invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing one or more, preferably one active substance, which is selected from the compounds according to the invention and/or the corresponding salts, as well as one or more, preferably one active substance selected from among alzhemed, vitamin E, ginkolide, donepezil, rivastigmine, tacrine, galantamine, memantine, NS-2330, ibutamoren mesylate, capromorelin, minocyclin and/or rifampicin, optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • This invention further relates to the use of at least one of the compounds according to the invention for inhibiting β-secretase.
  • This invention also relates to the use of at least one compound according to the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt of such a compound for preparing a pharmaceutical composition, which is suitable for the treatment or prophylaxis of diseases or conditions associated with the abnormal processing of Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP) or aggregation of the Abeta peptide.
  • This invention also relates to the use of at least one compound according to the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt of such a compound for preparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for the treatment or prophylaxis of diseases or conditions which can be influenced by inhibiting the β-secretase activity.
  • This invention also relates to the use of at least one compound according to the invention or a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention for preparing a medicament which is suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of Alzheimer's disease (AD) and other diseases which are associated with the abnormal processing of APP or aggregation of Abeta peptide, as well as diseases which can be treated or prevented by the inhibition of β-secretase, particularly AD. Such diseases include MCI (“mild cognitive impairment”), trisomy 21 (Down's syndrome), cerebral amyloid angiopathy, degenerative dementias, hereditary cerebral haemorrhage with amyloidosis, Dutch type (HCHWA-D), Alzheimer's dementia with Lewy bodies, trauma, stroke, pancreatitis, Inclusion Body Myositis (IBM), and other peripheral amyloidoses, diabetes and arteriosclerosis.
  • This invention further relates to a method of inhibiting β-secretase activity, characterised in that β-secretase is brought into contact with an inhibitory amount of one of the compounds according to the invention.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • Unless otherwise stated the groups, residues and substituents R1 to R15, A, B, L, i and X1-X4 have the meanings given hereinbefore and below.
  • If residues, substituents or groups occur more than once in a compound, they may have the same or different meanings.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the compounds of the present invention the group
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00004
  • denotes a phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl or a 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9- or 10-membered aromatic mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl group which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • In another preferred embodiment of the compounds of the present invention the group
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00005
  • denotes a phenyl ring or a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present.
  • In another preferred embodiment the group
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00006
  • has the following meanings:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00007
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment the group
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00008
  • denotes a phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, particularly 2-thiazolyl, or a pyridyl group, wherein the phenyl, the thienyl, particularly the 3-thienyl, and the pyridyl group, particularly the 2-pyridyl group, are deemed to be particularly preferred.
  • Preferably the substituent L denotes independently of one another in each case hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, 6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—SO2—(R14)N or C1-3-alkyl-SO2—, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N—CO.
  • Particularly preferably the substituent L denotes independently of one another in each case hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N or (R14)2N—SO2—, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms.
  • Most particularly preferred meanings for the substituent L, independently of one another in each case, are hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, C1-4-alkyl or C1-4-alkoxy, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms.
  • Particularly preferred meanings for the substituent L, independently of one another in each case, are hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, methyl and methoxy.
  • Preferably the index i may assume the values 0, 1 or 2. In particularly preferred embodiments the value of the index i is 0 or 1.
  • In a preferred embodiment of the compounds according to the invention the group B represents a C1-4-alkylene bridge which may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-4-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R14—SO2—, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—CO and R14—SO, and wherein two C1-4-alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C1-4-alkylene bridge may be joined together forming a C3-7-cycloalkyl group, and the above-mentioned groups and the C3-7-cycloalkyl group formed from the C1-4-alkyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, (R14)2N—SO2— and HOSO2—.
  • In another preferred embodiment of the compounds according to the invention the group B represents a C1-4-alkylene bridge, which may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-4-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, (R14)2N—SO2— and (R14)2N, and two C1-4-alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C1-4-alkylene bridge may be joined together forming a C3-7-cycloalkyl group, and the above-mentioned groups and the C3-7-cycloalkyl group formed from the C1-4-alkyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy- and R15—O—C1-3-alkyl.
  • Particularly preferably the group B denotes a C1-4-alkylene bridge, wherein the C1-4-alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among C1-4-alkyl, phenyl- and benzyl, and two C1-4-alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C1-4-alkylene bridge may be joined together forming a C3-6-cycloalkyl group, and the above-mentioned groups and the C3-7-cycloalkyl group formed from the C1-4-alkyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, hydroxy and C1-3-alkoxy.
  • Most particularly preferred are the compounds according to the invention wherein the group B is selected from among
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00009
  • wherein one or more hydrogen atoms may optionally be replaced by fluorine.
  • In another most particularly preferred embodiment B is a C1-2-alkylene bridge which may optionally be substituted by one or more C1-4-alkyl groups, and wherein two C1-4-alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C1-2-alkylene bridge may be joined together forming a cyclopropyl group, and one or more hydrogen atoms of the above-mentioned C1-2-alkylene bridge and/or the C1-4-alkyl groups and/or the cyclopropyl group formed therefrom may optionally be replaced by one or more fluorine atoms.
  • Particularly preferred are those compounds according to the invention wherein the group B is selected from among
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00010
  • wherein one or more hydrogen atoms may optionally be replaced by fluorine.
  • Another preferred embodiment comprises those compounds according to the invention wherein the partial formula (II)
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00011
  • is selected from among
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00012
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00013
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00014
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00015
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00016
  • Preferably the group R1 is selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy and hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl.
  • Particularly preferred are those groups R1 selected from among hydrogen, C1-4-alkyl, C3-4-alkenyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl- and C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, hydroxy and C1-3-alkoxy.
  • Most particularly preferred are the groups R1 selected from among hydrogen and C1-4-alkyl, wherein the C1-4-alkyl group may be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms.
  • Particularly preferred are those compounds according to the invention wherein R1 is hydrogen.
  • In a preferred embodiment X1 is C(R10) and X2, X3, X4 each independently of one another denote C(R11), wherein the groups R11 may each be selected independently of one another from the definitions given for R11 hereinbefore and below.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment X1 is C(R10) and X2, X3, X4 in each case denote a ═CH— group.
  • Preferred groups R2 are groups selected from among C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R15—O and R15—O—C1-3-alkyl.
  • Particularly preferred groups R2 are groups selected from among C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups, which contain 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, C1-3-alkyl, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkoxy and (R14)2N.
  • Other particularly preferred groups R2 are groups selected from among C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups, which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, C1-3-alkyl, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkoxy and (R14)2N.
  • Most particularly preferred are those groups R2 which are selected from among n-propyl, n-butyl, 2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, pyridylmethyl, particularly 3-pyridylmethyl, furanylmethyl, thienylmethyl and thiazolylmethyl,
  • wherein the above-mentioned propyl, butyl, propynyl and butynyl groups may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms and the benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, furanylmethyl, thienylmethyl or thiazolylmethyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl, F3C, HF2C, FH2C and H2N.
  • Also most particularly preferred are those groups R2 which are selected from among n-butyl, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, pyridylmethyl, particularly 3-pyridylmethyl, thienylmethyl and thiazolylmethyl, wherein the above-mentioned phenyl groups of the benzyl and 2-phenylethyl groups may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms.
  • Particularly preferred are those groups R2 which are selected from among benzyl, 3,5-difluorobenzyl, thienylmethyl, particularly 3-thienylmethyl- and n-butyl, the benzyl group being the most preferred group.
  • Preferably the group R3 denotes hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, fluorine, F3C, HF2C or FH2C— and particularly preferably R3 is hydrogen.
  • The group R4 is preferably hydrogen.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment of the compounds according to the invention the group R3 is selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, fluorine, F3C, HF2C or FH2C and the group R4 is hydrogen.
  • In a most particularly preferred embodiment of the compounds according to the invention the groups R3 and R4 are hydrogen.
  • Preferred groups R8 are groups selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, (R14)2N—CO—N(R14)—, (R14)2N—SO2, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R15—S and R15—S—C1-3-alkyl.
  • Particularly preferred groups R8 are groups selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups which contain 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, carboxy, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, C1-3-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkyl-S, C1-3-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO—N(R14)— and (R14)2N—SO2—.
  • Other particularly preferred groups R8 are groups selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, carboxy, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, C1-3-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkyl-S, C1-3-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO—N(R14)— and (R14)2N—SO2—.
  • Most particularly preferred are those groups R8 which are selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl or tetrahydropyranyl-C1-3-alkyl, particularly 4-tetrahydropyranyl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, C1-3-alkyl-S, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO—N(R14)— and (R14)2N—SO2—.
  • Particularly preferred as the group R8 is C1-6-alkyl, particularly C1-4-alkyl, C3-5-cycloalkyl-C1-2-alkyl, wherein R8 in its most preferred embodiment denotes a methyl or ethyl group.
  • Preferred groups R5 and R7 are each selected independently of one another from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C1-3 alkyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl- and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, C1-3-alkyl-S, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N—CO.
  • Particularly preferred groups R5 are selected from among C1-6-alkyl, cyclopropyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl and phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy and (R14)2N.
  • Particularly preferred groups R7 are selected from among C1-6-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl and phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy and (R14)2N.
  • In a most particularly preferred embodiment of the compounds according to the invention R5 is selected from among C1-6-alkyl, cyclopropyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl and phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy and (R14)2N, and R7 is selected from among C1-6-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl and phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy and (R14)2N.
  • Particularly preferred compounds are those wherein R5 and R7 each independently of one another denote C1-4-alkyl or cyclopropyl groups, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the above-mentioned groups may optionally be replaced by fluorine atoms.
  • Particularly preferred compounds are those wherein R5 and R7 each independently of one another denote C1-4-alkyl groups, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the C1-4-alkyl groups may optionally be replaced by fluorine atoms, wherein R5 is most preferably a methyl group and R7 is most preferably an ethyl or isopropyl group.
  • Preferred groups R6 and R9 are in each case selected independently of one another from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl and C2-6-alkynyl, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the above-mentioned groups may be replaced by fluorine.
  • In a particularly preferred embodiment of the compounds according to the invention R6 is hydrogen and R9 is selected from among hydrogen and C1-4-alkyl, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the C1-4-alkyl group may be replaced by fluorine.
  • In a most particularly preferred embodiment of the compounds according to the invention the groups R6 and R9 are hydrogen.
  • Preferred groups R10 are groups selected from among hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R12—SO2—(R13)N and R12—CO—(R13)N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C3-7-cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R15—CO, R15—O—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N—SO2—(R14)N, R14—SO2—, C1-4-alkyl, R15—O, C1-4-alkyl-S, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C—O, FH2C—O and R14—SO2—(R14)N.
  • Particularly preferred groups R10 are groups selected from among hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, C1-4-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-oxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkoxy, 1,3-diazacyclohexan-2-on-1-yl, 2-oxo-1,3-oxazinan-3-yl, 3-oxomorpholino, 1,1-dioxo-[1,2,6]thiadiazinan-2-yl, phenyl, pyridyl, thienyl, furyl, R12—CO—(R13)N and R12—SO2—(R13)N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, carboxy, cyano, C1-4-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, C1-4-alkyl-S, R15—CO, R15—O—CO, R14—SO2—, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C—O, FH2C—O and (R14)2N—CO.
  • Other particularly preferred groups R10 are groups selected from among R12—CO—(R13)N, R12—SO2—(R13)N, cyanophenyl, particularly o-cyanophenyl, and cyanothienyl, particularly o-cyanothienyl, wherein the above-mentioned cyanophenyl and cyanothienyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, C1-4-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C—O and FH2C—O.
  • In another most particularly preferred embodiment of the compounds according to the invention the group R10 denotes R12—SO2—(R13)N or o-cyanophenyl, wherein the o-cyanophenyl group may optionally be substituted by a C1-4-alkyl or C1-4-alkoxy group.
  • Preferred groups R11 are in each case selected independently of one another from among hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl and F3C, wherein the groups hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine and bromine are particularly preferred, and the group hydrogen is most preferred.
  • Also preferred according to the invention are those compounds wherein R10 denotes hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R12—SO2—(R13)N or R12—CO—(R13)N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C3-7-cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R15—CO, R15—O—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N—SO2—(R14)N, R14—SO2—, C1-4-alkyl, R15—O, C1-4-alkyl-S, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C—O, FH2C—O and R14—SO2—(R14)N, and R11 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl or F3C.
  • Particularly preferred are those compounds according to the invention wherein R10 denotes hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, C1-4-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-oxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkoxy, 1,3-diazacyclohexan-2-on-1-yl, 2-oxo-1,3-oxazinan-3-yl, 3-oxomorpholino, 1,1-dioxo-[1,2,6]thiadiazinan-2-yl, phenyl, pyridyl, thienyl, furyl, R12—CO—(R13)N or R12—SO2—(R13)N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, carboxy, cyano, C1-4-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, C1-4-alkyl-S, R15—CO, R15—O—CO, R14—SO2—, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C—O, FH2C—O and (R14)2N—CO, and R11 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or bromine
  • Most particularly preferred are those compounds according to the invention wherein R10 denotes the group R12—CO—(R13)N, R12—SO2—(R13)N cyanophenyl, particularly o-cyanophenyl, or cyanothienyl, particularly o-cyanothienyl, wherein the above-mentioned cyanophenyl and cyanothienyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, C1-4-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C—O and FH2C—O, and R11 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or bromine, particularly hydrogen.
  • Most particularly preferred are those compounds according to the invention wherein R10 denotes the group R12—SO2—(R13)N or o-cyanophenyl, wherein the o-cyanophenyl group may optionally be substituted by a C1-4-alkyl or C1-4-alkoxy group, and R11 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or bromine, particularly hydrogen.
  • Preferred groups R12 are groups selected from among C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—SO2—, R14—SO, R14—S, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N—CO.
  • Particularly preferred groups R12 are groups selected from among C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl- and (R14)2N, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N and (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl.
  • Most particularly preferred groups R12 are groups selected from among C1-4-alkyl, particularly methyl or ethyl, morpholinyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridyl, particularly 3-pyridyl, and (CH3)2N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine and bromine
  • Preferred groups R13 are groups selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N and (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl.
  • Particularly preferred groups R13 are groups selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N and (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl.
  • Most particularly preferred groups R13 are groups selected from among hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl and 4-fluorophenyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine and bromine
  • Also preferred according to the invention are those compounds wherein R12 is selected from among C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—SO2—, R14—SO, R14—S, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N—CO, and
  • R13 is selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N and (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl.
  • Also particularly preferred are those compounds wherein R12 is selected from among C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl- and (R14)2N, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N and (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, and
  • R13 is selected from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups, which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S,
  • wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N and (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl.
  • Also particularly preferred are those compounds according to claim 1 wherein R12 denotes C1-4-alkyl, particularly methyl or ethyl, morpholinyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridyl, particularly 3-pyridyl, and (CH3)2N, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine and bromine, and R13 denotes hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl and 4-fluorophenyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine and bromine.
  • If R12 and R13 together form an alkylene bridge, a C2-6-alkylene bridge is preferred, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to R13 and the SO2 or CO group linked to R12 a heterocyclic ring is formed, wherein one or two CH2 groups of the C2-6-alkylene bridge may be replaced independently of one another by O, S, SO, SO2 or N(R14) in such a way that in each case two O or S atoms or an O atom and an S atom are not directly joined together, and wherein the C atoms of the above-mentioned C2-6-alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, hydroxy, carboxy, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl and C1-3-alkoxy.
  • If R12 and R13 together form an alkylene bridge, a C2-4-alkylene bridge is particularly preferred, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to R13 and the SO2 or CO group linked to R12 a heterocyclic ring is formed, wherein one or two CH2 groups of the C2-4-alkylene bridge may be replaced independently of one another by O, S or N(R14) in such a way that in each case two O, S or N atoms or an O and an S atom are not joined together directly, and wherein the C atoms of the above-mentioned C2-4-alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms.
  • Particularly preferred are those compounds wherein R12 and R13 together form the heterocyclic rings of formulae (IIa), (IIb), (IIc) or (IId)
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00017
  • Preferred groups R14 are groups which are in each case selected independently from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl and C1-3-alkoxy.
  • Also preferred are those compounds of general formula (I) wherein two groups R14 bound to the same nitrogen atom each denote a C1-6-alkyl group which together form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to the groups R14 a heterocyclic ring is formed, wherein a CH2 group of the C2-6-alkylene bridge independently of one another may be replaced by O, S or N(R14), and the heterocyclic ring may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl and C1-3-alkoxy.
  • Particularly preferred groups R14 independently of one another are hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl groups, particularly hydrogen or a methyl group, wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the C1-6-alkyl group may be replaced by fluorine.
  • Preferably in each case R15 is selected independently of one another from among hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl and C1-3-alkoxy.
  • Particularly preferred groups R15 independently of one another are hydrogen or C1-3-alkyl groups, particularly hydrogen or a methyl group.
  • Particularly preferred compounds according to the invention are listed in the following group of formulae (Ia), (Ib), (Ic), (Id) and (Ie):
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00018
  • wherein
  • A, B, L, X2, X3, X4, i, R1, R2, R3, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14 and R15 have the meanings given hereinbefore.
  • Particularly preferred are compounds of formula (Ia) according to the invention,
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00019
  • wherein
      • A denotes aryl or heteroaryl,
        • wherein the group A in addition to the groups L may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms,
      • L denotes in each case independently of one another hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—SO2—(R14)N or C1-3-alkyl-SO2—
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N—CO, and
      • i denotes 0, 1 or 2,
      • B denotes a C1-4-alkylene bridge,
        • wherein the C1-4-alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-4-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R14—SO2—, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—CO and R14—SO, and
        • wherein two C1-4-alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C1-4-alkylene bridge may be joined together forming a C3-7-cycloalkyl group, and
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups and the C3-7-cycloalkyl group formed from the C1-4-alkyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, (R14)2N—SO2— and HOSO2—,
      • R1 denotes hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy and hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl,
      • X2, X3, X4 may each independently of one another be nitrogen or C(R11), preferably C(R11),
      • R2 denotes C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R15—O and R15—O—C1-3-alkyl,
      • R3 denotes hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, fluorine, F3C, HF2C or FH2C,
      • R8 denotes hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, (R14)2N—CO—N(R14), (R14)2N—SO2—, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R15—S and R15—S—C1-3-alkyl,
      • R5, R7 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, C1-3-alkyl-S, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N—CO,
      • R6, R9 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C1-3-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
        • wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the above-mentioned groups may be replaced by fluorine,
      • R10 denotes hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R12—SO2—(R13)N or R12—CO—(R13)N,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C3-7-cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R15—CO, R15—O—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N—SO2—(R14)N, R14—SO2—, C1-4-alkyl, R15—O, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C—O, FH2C—O and R14—SO2—(R14)N, and
      • R11 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, methyl or F3C,
      • R12 denotes C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C1-3 alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl or (R14)2N,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—SO2—, R14—SO, R14—S, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N—CO, and
      • R13 denotes hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N and (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, or
      • R12 and R13 together form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to R13 and the SO2— or CO group linked to R12 a heterocyclic ring is formed,
        • wherein one or two CH2 groups of the C2-6-alkylene bridge may be replaced independently of one another by O, S, SO, SO2 or N(R14) in such a way that in each case two O or S atoms or an O atom and an S atom are not directly joined together, and
        • wherein the C atoms of the above-mentioned C2-6-alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, hydroxy, carboxy, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl and C1-3-alkoxy,
      • R14 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, or
        • two C1-6-alkyl groups bound to the same nitrogen atom may together form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom bound to the groups R14 a heterocyclic ring is formed,
        • wherein a CH2 group of the C2-6-alkylene bridge may be replaced independently of one another by O, S or N(R14), and
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups and the heterocyclic ring may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl and C1-3-alkoxy, and
      • R15 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl and C1-3-alkoxy.
  • Also particularly preferred are those compounds of formula (Ib) according to the invention,
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00020
  • wherein
      • A denotes phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl or a 5-, 6-, 7-, 8-, 9- or 10-membered aromatic mono- or bicyclic heteroaryl group which contains 1-4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, or
        • phenyl or a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl group which contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present,
      • L denotes in each case independently of one another hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N or (R14)2N—SO2—,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms, and
      • i denotes 0, 1 or 2,
      • B denotes a C1-4-alkylene bridge,
        • wherein the C1-4-alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-4-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, (R14)2N—SO2— and (R14)2N, and
        • wherein two C1-4-alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C1-4-alkylene bridge may be joined together forming a C3-7-cycloalkyl group, and
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups and the C3-7-cycloalkyl group formed from the C1-4-alkyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, cyano, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy- and R15—O—C1-3-alkyl,
      • R1 denotes hydrogen, C1-4-alkyl, C3-4-alkenyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl or C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, hydroxy and C1-3-alkoxy,
      • R2 denotes C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups, which contain 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, and
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, C1-3-alkyl, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkoxy and (R14)2N,
      • R8 denotes hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups, which contain 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, and
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, carboxy, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, C1-3-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkyl-S, C1-3-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO—N(R14)— and (R14)2N—SO2—,
      • R5 denotes C1-6-alkyl, cyclopropyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl or phenyl-C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy and (R14)2N, and
      • R7 denotes C1-6-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl and phenyl-C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, hydroxy, carboxy, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy and (R14)2N,
      • R9 denotes hydrogen or C1-4-alkyl,
        • wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the C1-4-alkyl group may be replaced by fluorine,
      • R10 denotes hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, cyano, C1-4-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-oxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkoxy, 1,3-diazacyclohexan-2-on-1-yl, 2-oxo-1,3-oxazinan-3-yl, 3-oxomorpholino, 1,1-dioxo-[1,2,6]thiadiazinan-2-yl, phenyl, pyridyl, thienyl, furyl, R12—CO—(R13)N or R12—SO2—(R13)N,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, carboxy, cyano, C1-4-alkyl, C1-4-alkoxy, C1-4-alkyl-S, R15—CO, R15—O—CO, R14—SO2—, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C—O, FH2C—O and (R14)2N—CO,
      • R11 each independently of one another denote hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or bromine
      • R12 denotes C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl or (R14)2N,
        • wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N and (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl,
      • R13 denotes hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl and heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
        • wherein by the above-mentioned heteroaryl groups are meant 5- or 6-membered aromatic heteroaryl groups which contain 1 or 2 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, wherein a maximum of one O or S atom may be present, and
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N and (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, or
      • R12 and R13 together form a C2-4-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to R13 and the SO2 or CO group linked to R12 a heterocyclic ring is formed,
        • wherein one or two CH2 groups of the C2-4-alkylene bridge may be replaced independently of one another by O, S or N(R14) in such a way that in each case two O, S or N atoms or an O and an S atom are not joined together directly, and
        • wherein the C atoms of the above-mentioned C2-4-alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms, and
      • R14 denotes hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl,
        • wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the C1-6-alkyl group may be replaced by fluorine.
  • Also particularly preferred are those compounds according to the invention of formula (Ic),
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00021
  • wherein
      • A denotes phenyl, thienyl, thiazolyl or pyridyl,
      • L denotes in each case independently of one another hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, C1-4-alkyl or C1-4-alkoxy,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms, and
      • i denotes 0, 1 or 2,
      • B denotes a C1-2-alkylene bridge,
        • wherein the C1-2-alkylene bridge may optionally be substituted by one or more C1-4-alkyl groups, and
        • wherein two C1-4-alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C1-2-alkylene bridge may be joined together forming a cyclopropyl group, and
        • wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the above-mentioned C1-2-alkylene bridge or of the C1-4-alkyl groups or of the cyclopropyl group formed therefrom may optionally be replaced by one or more fluorine atoms,
      • R1 denotes hydrogen or C1-4-alkyl,
        • wherein the C1-4-alkyl group may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms,
      • R2 denotes n-propyl, n-butyl, 2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, pyridylmethyl, particularly 3-pyridylmethyl, furanylmethyl, thienylmethyl, particularly 3-thienylmethyl, or thiazolylmethyl, particularly 4-thiazolylmethyl,
        • wherein thiazolylmethyl and 4-thiazolylmethyl are most particularly preferred, and
        • wherein the above-mentioned propyl, butyl, propynyl and butynyl groups may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms and the benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, furanylmethyl, thienylmethyl or thiazolylmethyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl, F3C, HF2C, FH2C and H2N,
      • R8 denotes hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl and tetrahydropyranyl-C1-3-alkyl, preferably 4-tetrahydropyranylmethyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, C1-3-alkyl-S, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO—N(R14)— and (R14)2N—SO2—,
      • R5, R7 each independently of one another denote C1-4-alkyl or cyclopropyl,
        • wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the above-mentioned groups may optionally be replaced by fluorine atoms,
      • R12 denotes C1-4-alkyl, particularly methyl or ethyl, morpholinyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridyl, particularly 3-pyridyl or (CH3)2N,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine and bromine,
      • R13 denotes hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl or 4-fluorophenyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine and bromine, or
      • R12 and R13 together form, with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to R13 and the SO2 or CO group linked to R12, a heterocyclic ring of formulae (IIa), (IIb), (IIc) or (IId)
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00022
        • and
      • R14 denotes hydrogen or C1-6-alkyl,
        • wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the C1-6-alkyl group may be replaced by fluorine.
  • Also particularly preferred are those compounds according to the invention of formulae (Id) or (Ie),
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00023
  • wherein, where applicable
      • A denotes phenyl, thienyl, preferably 3-thienyl, thiazolyl, particularly 2-thiazolyl, or pyridyl, preferably 2-pyridyl,
      • L denotes hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, methyl and methoxy,
      • i denotes 0 or 1,
      • B is selected from among
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00024
        • wherein one or more hydrogen atoms may optionally be replaced by fluorine,
      • R2 denotes n-propyl, n-butyl, 2-propynyl, 2-butynyl, benzyl, 3,5-difluorobenzyl, 2-phenylethyl, pyridylmethyl, particularly 3-pyridylmethyl, furanylmethyl, thienylmethyl, particularly 3-thienylmethyl, or thiazolylmethyl, particularly 4-thiazolylmethyl, wherein thiazolylmethyl or 4-thiazolylmethyl is most particularly preferred,
        • wherein the above-mentioned propyl, butyl, propynyl and butynyl groups may optionally be substituted by one or more fluorine atoms and the benzyl, 2-phenylethyl, furanylmethyl, thienylmethyl or thiazolylmethyl groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl, F3C, HF2C, FH2C and H2N,
      • R8 denotes hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, phenyl-C1-3-alkyl and tetrahydropyranyl-C1-3-alkyl, preferably 4-tetrahydropyranylmethyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl, hydroxy, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, C1-3-alkyl-S, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO—N(R14)— and (R14)2N—SO2—,
      • R5 denotes C1-4-alkyl or cyclopropyl,
        • wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the above-mentioned groups may optionally be replaced by fluorine atoms,
      • R7 denotes C1-4-alkyl, preferably ethyl or isopropyl, or cyclopropyl,
        • wherein one or more hydrogen atoms of the above-mentioned groups may optionally be replaced by fluorine atoms,
      • R12 denotes C1-4-alkyl, particularly methyl or ethyl, morpholinyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridyl, particularly 3-pyridyl or (CH3)2N,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine and bromine,
      • R13 denotes hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, phenyl or 4-fluorophenyl,
        • wherein the above-mentioned groups may optionally be substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine and bromine,
      • or
      • R12 and R13 together form, with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom bound to R13 and the SO2 or CO group bound to R12, a heterocyclic ring of formulae (IIa), (IIb), (IIc) or (IId)
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00025
  • Particularly preferred individual compounds are selected from among:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00026
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00027
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00028
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00029
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00030
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00031
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00032
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00033
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00034
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00035
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00036
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00037
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00038
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00039
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00040
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00041
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00042
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00043
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00044
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00045
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00046
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00047
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00048
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00049
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00050
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00051
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00052
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00053
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00054
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00055
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00056
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00057
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00058
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00059
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00060
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00061
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00062
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00063
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00064
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00065
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00066
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00067
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00068
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00069
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00070
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00071
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00072
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00073
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00074
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00075
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00076
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00077
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00078
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00079
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00080
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00081
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00082
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00083
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00084
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00085
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00086
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00087
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00088
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00089
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00090
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00091
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00092
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00093
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00094
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00095
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00096
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00097
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00098
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00099
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00100
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00101
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00102
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00103
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00104
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00105
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00106
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00107
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00108
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00109
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00110
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00111
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00112
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00113
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00114
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00115
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00116
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00117
  • Some terms which are used hereinbefore and hereinafter to describe the compounds according to the invention will now be defined in more detail.
  • The term halogen denotes an atom selected from among F, Cl, Br and I.
  • The term C1-n-alkyl, wherein n may have a value from 1 to 10, denotes a saturated, branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 1 to n C atoms. Examples of such groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, iso-pentyl, neo-pentyl, tert-pentyl, n-hexyl, iso-hexyl etc.
  • The term C2-n-alkenyl, wherein n has a value of 3 to 6, denotes a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 2 to n C atoms and a C═C double bond. Examples of such groups include ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, iso-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 3-butenyl, 2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-pentenyl, 4-pentenyl, 3-methyl-2-butenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-hexenyl, 3-hexenyl, 4-hexenyl, 5-hexenyl etc.
  • The term C2-n-alkynyl, wherein n has a value of 3 to 6, denotes a branched or unbranched hydrocarbon group with 2 to n C atoms and a CC triple bond. Examples of such groups include ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 3-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, 4-pentynyl, 1-hexynyl, 2-hexynyl, 3-hexynyl, 4-hexynyl, 5-hexynyl etc.
  • The term C1-n-alkoxy or C1-n-alkyloxy denotes a C1-n-alkyl-O group, wherein C1-n-alkyl is defined as above. Examples of such groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentoxy, iso-pentoxy, neo-pentoxy, tert-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, iso-hexoxy etc.
  • The term C3-n-cycloalkyl denotes a saturated monocyclic group with 3 to n C atoms. Examples of such groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl etc.
  • The term C3-n-cycloalkyloxy denotes a C3-n-cycloalkyl-O group wherein C3-n-cycloalkyl is defined as above. Examples of such groups include cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cycloheptyloxy etc.
  • The term C3-n-cycloalkyl-C1-n-alkoxy denotes a C3-n-cycloalkyl group wherein C3-n-cycloalkyl is defined as above and which is linked to a C1-n-alkoxy group through a carbon atom of the C1-n-alkoxy group. Examples of such groups include cyclopropylmethyloxy, cyclobutylethyloxy, cyclopentylmethyloxy, cyclohexylmethyloxy, cyclohexylethyloxy etc.
  • The term C3-n-cycloalkenyl denotes a C3-n-cycloalkyl group which is defined as above and additionally has at least one C═C double bond, but is not aromatic by nature.
  • The term heterocyclyl used in this application denotes a saturated five-, six- or seven-membered ring system or a 5-12 membered bicyclic ring system which includes one, two, three or four heteroatoms, selected from N, O and/or S, such as for example a morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, oxathianyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, oxathiolanyl, imidazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, oxazolidinyl, homopiperazinyl, homopiperidinyl, homomorpholinyl, homothiomorpholinyl, azetidinyl, 1,3-diazacyclohexanyl or pyrazolidinyl group.
  • The term aryl used in this application denotes a phenyl, biphenyl, indanyl, indenyl, 6,7,8,9-tetrahydrobenzocycloheptenyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl or naphthyl group.
  • The term heteroaryl used in this application denotes a heterocyclic, mono- or bicyclic aromatic ring system which includes in addition to at least one C atom one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O and/or S, wherein the term heteroaryl also includes the partially hydrogenated heterocyclic, aromatic ring systems. Examples of such groups are pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyridyl-N-oxide, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, triazinyl, triazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazoyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazoyl, 1,2,5-oxadiazoyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, pyridyl, indolyl, isoindoyl, indolizinyl, imidazopyridinyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridinyl, pyrrolopyrimidinyl, purinyl, pyridopyrimidinyl, pteridinyl, pyrimidopyrimidinyl, benzofuranyl, benzothienyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, isobenzofuranyl, isobenzothienyl, thieno[3,2-b]thiophenyl, thieno[3,2-b]pyrrolyl, thieno[2,3-d]imidazolyl, naphthyridinyl, indazolyl, pyrrolopyridinyl, oxazolopyridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, 1,3-dihydroisobenzofuranyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxinyl, 3,4-dihydrobenzo[1,4]oxazinyl, benzo[1,4]-oxazinyl, 2,3-dihydroindolyl, 2,3-dihydroisoindolyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, 2-oxo-2,3-dihydrobenzimidazolyl, 2-oxo-2,3-dihydroindolyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[1,5-a]pyrimidinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, chromonyl, isochromenyl, isochromanyl, dihydroquinolin-4-onyl, dihydroquinolin-2-onyl, quinolin-4-onyl, isoquinolin-2-onyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazinyl, 1-oxoindanyl, benzoxazol-2-onyl, imidazo[4,5-d]thiazolyl or 6,7-dihydropyrrolizinyl groups.
  • Preferred heteroaryl groups are furanyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, 1,3-benzodioxolyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl and 2,3-dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxinyl.
  • The definition pyrazole includes the isomers 1H-, 3H- and 4H-pyrazole. Preferably pyrazolyl denotes 1H-pyrazolyl.
  • The definition imidazole includes the isomers 1H-, 2H- and 4H-imidazole. A preferred definition of imidazolyl is 1H-imidazolyl.
  • The definition triazole includes the isomers 1H-, 3H- and 4H-[1,2,4]-triazole as well as 1H-, 2H- and 4H-[1,2,3]-triazole. The definition triazolyl therefore includes 1H-[1,2,4]-triazol-1-, -3- and -5-yl, 3H[1,2,4]-triazol-3- and -5-yl, 4H[1,2,4]-triazol-3-, -4- and -5-yl, 1H-[1,2,3]-triazol-1-, -4- and -5-yl, 2H[1,2,3]-triazol-2-, -4- and -5-yl as well as 4H[1,2,3]-triazol-4- and -5-yl.
  • The term tetrazole includes the isomers 1H-, 2H- and 5H-tetrazole. The definition tetrazolyl therefore includes 1H-tetrazol-1- and -5-yl, 2H-tetrazol-2- and -5-yl and 5H-tetrazol-5-yl.
  • The definition indole includes the isomers 1H- and 3H-indole. The term indolyl preferably denotes 1H-indol-1-yl.
  • The term isoindole includes the isomers 1H- and 2H-isoindole.
  • In general, the bond to one of the above-mentioned heterocyclic or heteroaromatic groups may be effected via a C atom or optionally an N atom.
  • Within the scope of this application, in the definition of possible substituents, these may also be represented in the form of a structural formula. An asterisk (*) in the structural formula of the substituent is to be understood as being the linking point to the rest of the molecule. Thus, for example, the groups N-piperidinyl (a), 4-piperidinyl (b), 2-tolyl (c), 3-tolyl (d) and 4-tolyl (e) are represented as follows:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00118
  • If there is no asterisk (*) in the structural formula of the substituent each hydrogen atom may be removed from the substituent and the valency thus freed may be used as a bonding point to the rest of a molecule. Thus, for example, (f)
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00119
  • may denote 2-tolyl, 3-tolyl, 4-tolyl and benzyl.
  • The style of writing used in which in the group
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00120
  • a bond of a substituent is shown towards the centre of the group A denotes, unless stated otherwise, that this substituent may be bound to every free position of the group A carrying an H atom.
  • The term “optionally substituted” used in this application denotes that the group thus referred to is either unsubstituted or mono- or polysubstituted by the substituents specified. If the group in question is polysubstituted, the substituents may be identical or different.
  • The groups and substituents described hereinbefore may be mono- or polysubstituted by fluorine in the manner described. Preferred fluorinated alkyl groups are fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl and trifluoromethyl. Preferred fluorinated alkoxy groups are fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy and trifluoromethoxy. Preferred fluorinated alkylsulphinyl and alkylsulphonyl groups are trifluoromethylsulphinyl and trifluoromethylsulphonyl.
  • The compounds of general formula (I) according to the invention may have acid groups, chiefly carboxyl groups, and/or basic groups such as e.g. amino functions. Compounds of general formula (I) may therefore be present as internal salts, as salts with pharmaceutically useable inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, sulphonic acid or organic acids (such as for example maleic acid, fumaric acid, citric acid, tartaric acid or acetic acid) or as salts with pharmaceutically useable bases such as alkali or alkaline earth metal hydroxides or carbonates, zinc or ammonium hydroxides or organic amines such as e.g. diethylamine, triethylamine, triethanolamine, inter alia.
  • The compounds according to the invention may be obtained using the methods of synthesis known in principle from starting compounds known to the skilled man (cf. for example: Houben Weyl—Methods of Organic Chemistry, Vol. E22, Synthesis of Peptides and Peptidomimetics, M. Goodman, A. Felix, L. Moroder, C. Toniolo Eds., Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart, New York). The skilled man knowing the structure of the compounds according to the invention will be able to synthesise them from known starting materials without any further information. Thus, the compounds may be obtained by the methods of preparation described hereinafter.
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00121
  • Diagram A illustrates by way of example the synthesis of the compounds according to the invention. Starting from a Boc-protected amino acid an amide is prepared by standard coupling methods. After deprotection coupling is carried out with another Boc-protected amino acid. The amine obtained after repeated deprotection is reductively aminated with a Boc-protected aminoaldehyde. The amine obtained after repeated deprotection is coupled with an isophthalic acid monoamide component to yield the end product.
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00122
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00123
  • Diagram B illustrates by way of example the solid phase synthesis of compounds of formula 19. The synthesis is carried out according to normal standard methods described in the literature (Houben-Weyl—Methods of Organic Chemistry, Vol. E22, Synthesis of Peptides and Peptidomimetics, M. Goodman, A. Felix, L. Moroder, C. Toniolo Eds., Georg Thieme Verlag Stuttgart, New York).
  • For the solid phase synthesis a commercially obtainable (formylindolyl)acetamido-methylpolystyrene resin is used. In the first reaction reductive alkylation is carried out between the aldehyde group and 4-chloro-benzylamine. The secondary amine formed is then acylated with the first amino acid (Fmoc-Val). The acylation is carried out according to standard methods of peptide chemistry, e.g. with HATU as coupling reagent. After the cleaving of the Fmoc group with piperidine in DMF the second Fmoc amino acid (Fmoc-Ala) is coupled in the presence of TBTU/HOBt as coupling reagent. After a repeat cleaving of the Fmoc group the second reductive alkylation is carried out with an Fmoc amino acid aldehyde, in this case Fmoc-phenylalaninal. The resulting secondary amine is then protected with Boc-anhydride. After cleaving of the Fmoc group the acylation is carried out with the isophthalic acid in the presence of TBTU/HOBt and Dipea. The cleaving of the product from the solid phase is carried out under acidic conditions with trifluoroacetic acid.
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00124
  • Diagram C illustrates by way of example the synthesis of the compounds according to the invention based on aryl-substituted isophthalic acids. The aryl-substituted isophthalic acid monoamide needed is obtained by Suzuki coupling, followed by monosaponification, amide coupling and a repeat saponification. It is coupled with an amine component (cf Diagram A) to yield the end product.
  • As stated previously, the compounds of formula (I) may be converted into the salts thereof, particularly for pharmaceutical use into the physiologically and pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof. On the one hand these salts may be present as physiologically and pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts of the compounds of formula (I) with inorganic or organic acids. On the other hand, in the case of acidically bound hydrogen, the compound of formula (I) may also be converted by reaction with inorganic bases into physiologically and pharmacologically acceptable salts with alkali or alkaline earth metal cations as counter-ion. Acids which may be used to prepare the acid addition salts include for example hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulphuric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulphonic acid, acetic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, lactic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid or maleic acid. Mixtures of the above acids may also be used. For preparing the alkali and alkaline earth metal salts of the compound of formula (I) with acidically bound hydrogen it is preferable to use the alkali or alkaline earth metal hydroxides and hydrides, of which the hydroxides and hydrides of the alkali metals, particularly of sodium and potassium, are preferred, and sodium and potassium hydroxide are particularly preferred.
  • The compounds according to the invention of general formula (I) and the corresponding pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof are chiefly suitable for the treatment and/or prevention of all those conditions or ailments which are characterised by a pathological form of the β-amyloid peptide, such as for example β-amyloid plaques, or which can be influenced by inhibition of β-secretase. For example the compounds according to the invention are particularly suitable for the prevention, treatment or slowing down of the progress of diseases such as Alzheimer's disease (AD) and other diseases associated with abnormal processing of Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP) or aggregation of the Abeta peptide, as well as diseases which can be treated or prevented by the inhibition of β-secretase or cathepsin D. Such diseases include MCI (“mild cognitive impairment”), trisomy 21 (Down's syndrome), cerebral amyloid angiopathy, degenerative dementias, hereditary cerebral haemorrhage with amyloidosis, Dutch type (HCHWA-D), Alzheimer's dementia with Lewy bodies, trauma, stroke, pancreatitis, Inclusion Body Myositis (IBM), and other peripheral amyloidoses, diabetes and arteriosclerosis.
  • The compounds are preferably suitable for the prevention and treatment of Alzheimer's disease. The compounds according to the invention may be used as a monotherapy and also in combination with other compounds which may be administered for the treatment of the above-mentioned diseases.
  • The compounds according to the invention are particularly suitable for administration to mammals, preferably primates, particularly preferably humans, for the treatment and/or prevention of the above-mentioned conditions and diseases.
  • The compounds according to the invention may be administered by oral, parenteral (intravenous, intramuscular etc.), intranasal, sublingual, inhalative, intrathecal, topical or rectal route.
  • When administered orally, as is preferred, the compounds according to the invention may be formulated such that the compounds according to the invention do not come into contact with the acidic gastric juices. Suitable oral formulations may for example have gastric juice-resistant coatings which only release the active substances on reaching the small intestine. Such tablet coats are known in the art.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical formulations for administering the compounds according to the invention are for example tablets, pellets, coated tablets, capsules, powders, suppositories, solutions, elixirs, active substance plasters, aerosols and suspensions.
  • Approximately 0.1 to 1000 mg of one of the compounds according to the invention or of a mixture of several of these compounds is formulated on its own or together with pharmaceutically conventional excipients such as carriers, diluents, binders, stabilisers, preservatives, dispersants etc. to form a dosage unit in a manner known to the skilled man.
  • A dosage unit (e.g. a tablet) preferably contains between 2 and 250 mg, particularly preferably between 10 and 100 mg of the compounds according to the invention.
  • Preferably, the pharmaceutical formulations are administered 1, 2, 3 or 4 times, particularly preferably 1-2 times, most preferably once a day.
  • The dosage required to achieve a corresponding effect with the treatment or prevention usually depends on the compound which is to be administered, the patient, the nature and gravity of the disease or condition and the method and frequency of administration and is for the doctor prescribing the treatment to decide.
  • Expediently, the amount of the compounds according to the invention administered is in the range from 0.1 to 1000 mg/day, preferably 2 to 250 mg/day, particularly preferably 5 to 100 mg/day, when administered orally. For this purpose, the compounds of formula (I) prepared according to the invention, optionally in combination with other active substances, may be formulated together with one or more inert conventional carriers and/or diluents, e.g. with corn starch, lactose, glucose, microcrystalline cellulose, magnesium stearate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, citric acid, tartaric acid, water, water/ethanol, water/glycerol, water/sorbitol, water/polyethyleneglycol, propyleneglycol, cetylstearylalcohol, carboxymethylcellulose or fatty substances such as hard fat or suitable mixtures thereof into conventional galenic preparations such as tablets, pellets, coated tablets, capsules, powders, suppositories, solutions, elixirs, active substance plasters, aerosols and suspensions.
  • The compounds according to the invention may also be used in combination with other active substances, particularly for the treatment and/or prevention of the diseases and conditions mentioned hereinbefore. Other active substances which may be used for such combinations include in particular those which, for example, potentiate the therapeutic effect of a compound according to the invention in respect of one of the indications mentioned and/or enable the dosage of a compound according to the invention to be reduced. Therapeutic agents suitable for such a combination include, for example, beta-secretase inhibitors; gamma-secretase inhibitors; amyloid aggregation inhibitors such as e.g. alzhemed; directly or indirectly acting neuroprotective substances; anti-oxidants, such as e.g. vitamin E or ginkolide; anti-inflammatory substances, such as e.g. Cox inhibitors, NSAIDs additionally or exclusively having Aβ lowering properties; HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors (statins); acetylcholinesterase inhibitors, such as donepezil, rivastigmine, tacrine, galantamine; NMDA receptor antagonists such as e.g. memantine; AMPA agonists; substances modulating the concentration or release of neurotransmitters such as NS-2330; substances inducing the secretion of growth hormone such as ibutamoren mesylate and capromorelin; CB-1 receptor antagonists or inverse agonists; antibiotics such as minocyclin or rifampicin; PDE-IV and PDE-IX inhibitors, GABAA inverse agonists, nicotinic agonists, histamine H3 antagonists, 5 HAT-4 agonists or partial agonists, 5HT-6 antagonists, a2-adrenoreceptor antagonists, muscarinic M1 agonists, muscarinic M2 antagonists, metabotropic glutamate-receptor 5 positive modulators, and other substances that modulate receptors or enzymes in a manner such that the efficacy and/or safety of the compounds according to the invention is increased and/or unwanted side effects are reduced.
  • Preferred are those combinations which consist of one or more of the compounds according to the invention with one or more of the following substances selected from among alzhemed, vitamin E, ginkolide, donepezil, rivastigmine, tacrine, galantamine, memantine, NS-2330, ibutamoren mesylate, capromorelin, minocyclin and/or rifampicin.
  • The compounds according to the invention, or the physiologically acceptable salts thereof, and the other active substances to be combined with them may be contained together in a dosage unit, for example a tablet or capsule, or separately in two identical or different dosage units, for example as a so-called kit-of-parts.
  • The compounds according to the invention may also be used in combination with immunotherapies such as e.g. active immunisation with Abeta or parts thereof or passive immunisation with humanised anti-Abeta antibodies for the treatment of the above-mentioned diseases and conditions.
  • The dosage for the above-mentioned combination partners is expediently ⅕ of the normally recommended lowest dose up to 1/1 of the normally recommended dose.
  • Therefore in another aspect the invention relates to the use of a compound according to the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt of such a compound combined with at least one of the active substances described above as combination partners for preparing a pharmaceutical composition which is suitable for the treatment or prevention of diseases or conditions which can be influenced by the inhibition of β-secretase.
  • The compound according to the invention, or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with another active substance may be used simultaneously or at staggered times, but particularly close together in time. If administered simultaneously, the two active substances are given to the patient together; if administered at staggered times the two active substances are given to the patient successively within a period of less than or equal to 12, particularly less than or equal to 6 hours.
  • Consequently, in another aspect, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition which contains a compound according to the invention or a physiologically acceptable salt of such a compound and at least one of the active substances described hereinbefore as combination partners, optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • Thus, for example, a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention contains a combination of a compound according to the invention of formula (I) or a physiologically acceptable salt of such a compound as well as at least one other of the above-mentioned active substances optionally together with one or more inert carriers and/or diluents.
  • The compounds according to the invention inhibit the proteolysis of the APP protein between the amino acids Met595 and Asp596 (the numbering relates to the APP695 isoform) or the proteolysis of other APP isoforms such as APP751 and APP770 or mutated APP at the corresponding site, which is also referred to as the β-secretase cleavage site. The inhibition of the β-secretase should therefore lead to a reduced production of the β-amyloid peptide (Aβ).
  • The activity of the β-secretase may be investigated in assays based on different detection techniques. In the test set-up a catalytically active form of β-secretase is incubated with a potential substrate in a suitable buffer. The reduction in the substrate concentration or the increase in the product concentration may be monitored using various technologies as a function of the substrate used: HPLS-MS analysis, fluorescence assays, fluorescence-quenching assays, luminescence assays are a non-representative selection of the various possibilities. Assay systems in which the effectiveness of a compound can be demonstrated are described e.g. in U.S. Pat. No. 5,942,400 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,744,346 and hereinafter. An alternative assay format comprises displacing a known β-secretase ligand with a test substance (US 2003/0125257).
  • As the substrate, either the APP protein or parts thereof or any amino acid sequence which can be hydrolysed by β-secretase may be used. A selection of such sequences can be found for example in Tomasselli et al. 2003 in J. Neurochem 84: 1006. A peptide sequence of this kind may be coupled to suitable dyes which make it possible to detect proteolysis indirectly. The enzyme source used may be the total β-secretase enzyme or mutants with a catalytic activity or just parts of the β-secretase which still contain the catalytically active domain. Various forms of β-secretase are known and available and may be used as the enzyme source in a corresponding test set-up. This includes the native enzyme as well as the recombinant or synthetic enzyme. Human β-secretase is known by the name Beta Site APP Cleaving Enzyme (BACE), Asp2 and memapsin 2 and is described e.g. in U.S. Pat. No. 5,744,346 and in Patent Applications WO 98/22597, WO 00/03819, WO 01/23533, and WO 00/17369, as well as in the scientific literature (Hussain et. al., 1999, Mol. Cell. Neurosci. 14: 419-427; Vassar et. al., 1999, Science 286: 735-741; Yan et. al., 1999, Nature 402: 533-537; Sinha et. al., 1999, Nature 40: 537-540; and Lin et. al., 2000, PNAS USA 97: 1456-1460). Synthetic forms of the enzyme have also been described (WO 98/22597 and WO 00/17369). β-secretase may be extracted and purified for example from human brain tissue or produced recombinantly in mammalian cell cultures, insect cell cultures, yeasts or bacteria.
  • To calculate the IC50 value of a substance different amounts of substance are incubated with the β-secretase in an assay. The IC50 value of a compound is defined as the concentration of substance at which a 50% reduction in the detected signal is measured, compared with the mixture without the test compound. Substances are evaluated as inhibiting β-secretase if under these conditions their IC50 value is less than 50 μM, preferably less than 10 μM, particularly preferably less than 1 μM and most particularly preferably less than 100 nM.
  • In detail, an assay for detecting β-secretase activity may be as follows:
  • The ectodomain of BACE (amino acids 1-454) fused to the recognition sequence for an anti-Myc antibody and a poly-histidine is secreted overnight by HEK293/APP/BACEect. cells in OptiMEM® (Invitrogen). A 10 μl aliquot of this cell culture supernatant is used as the enzyme source. The enzyme is stable over more than 3 months' storage at 4° C. or −20° C. in OptiMEM®. The substrate used is a peptide with the amino acid sequence SEVNLDAEFK, to which the Cy3 fluorophore (Amersham) is coupled N-terminally and the Cy5Q fluorophore (Amersham) is coupled C-terminally. The substrate is dissolved in DMSO in a concentration of 1 mg/ml and used in the experiment in a concentration of 1 μM. The test mixture also contains 20 mM NaOAc, pH 4.4 and a maximum of 1% DMSO. The test is carried out in a 96-well plate in a total volume of 200 μl for 30 minutes at 30° C. The cleaving of the substrate is recorded kinetically in a fluorimeter (ex: 530 nm, em: 590 nm). The assay is started by adding the substrate.
  • Mixtures without enzyme or without inhibitor are included in each plate as controls.
  • The IC50 value for the test compound is calculated using standard software (e.g. GraphPad Prism®) from the percentage inhibition of the substance at different test concentrations. The relative inhibition is calculated from the reduction in signal intensity in the presence of the substance, compared with the signal intensity without the substance.
  • The compounds (1)-(458) listed in the preceding Table have IC50 values of less than 30 μM, measured using the test described hereinbefore.
  • The activity of the β-secretase may also be investigated in cellular systems. As APP is a substrate for β-secretase and Aβ is secreted by the cells after processing of APP by β-secretase has taken place, cellular test systems for detecting β-secretase activity are based on the detection of the amount of Aβ formed over a defined period.
  • A selection of suitable cells includes, but is not restricted to, human embryonic kidney fibroblasts 293 (HEK293), Chinese Hamster Ovary cells (CHO), human H4 neuroglioma cells, human U373 MG astrocytoma glioblastoma cells, murine neuroblastoma N2a cells, which stably or transiently express APP or mutated forms of APP, such as e.g. the Swedish or London or Indiana mutation. The transfection of the cells is carried out e.g. by cloning the cDNA from human APP into an expression vector such as e.g. pcDNA3 (Invitrogen) and adding it to the cells with a transfection reagent such as e.g. lipofectamine (Invitrogen) in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.
  • The secretion of Aβ may also be measured from cells without genetic modification with a suitably sensitive Aβ detection assay such as e.g. ELISA or HTRF. Cells which may be used for this may be for example human IMR32 neuroblastoma cells, besides various other cells.
  • The secretion of Aβ may also be investigated in cells obtained from the brains of embryos or the young of APP transgenic mice, e.g. in those of Hsiao et al 1996 Science 274: 99-102, or from other organisms such as e.g. guinea pigs or rats.
  • Substances are evaluated as inhibiting β-secretase if under these conditions their IC50 value is less than 50 μM, preferably less than 10 μM, particularly preferably less than 1 μM and most preferably less than 100 nM.
  • An example of the method used to carry out a cell assay is described below: U373-MG cells which stably express APP (isoform 751) are cultivated in a culture medium such as DMEM+glucose, sodium pyruvate, glutamine and 10% FCS at 37° C. in a steam-saturated atmosphere with 5% CO2. In order to investigate the β-secretase inhibiting activity of substances the cells are incubated with different concentrations of the compound between 50 μM and 50 μM for 12-24 h. The substance is dissolved in DMSO and diluted for the assay in culture medium such that the DMSO concentration does not exceed 0.5%. The production of Aβ during this period is determined using an ELISA which uses the antibodies 6E10 (Senentek) and SGY3160 (C. Eckman, Mayo Clinic, Jacksonville, Fla., USA) as capturing antibodies which are bound to the microtitre plate and Aβ40 and Aβ42-specific antibodies (Nanotools, Germany), coupled to alkaline phosphatase as detection antibodies. Non-specific binding of proteins to the microtitre plate is prevented by blocking with Block Ace (Serotec) before the addition of the Aβ-containing culture supernatant. The amounts of Aβ contained in the cell supernatant are quantified by adding the substrate for alkaline phosphatase CSPD/Sapphire II (Applied Biosystems) in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. Possible non-specific effects of the test compound on the vitality of the cell are ruled out by determining this by AlamarBlue (Resazurin) reduction over a period of 60 minutes. The potency of non-toxic substances is determined by calculating the concentration which results in a 50% reduction in the amount of Aβ secreted by comparison with untreated cells.
  • In addition, various animal models may be used to investigate the β-secretase activity and/or the APP processing and the release of Aβ. Thus, for example, transgenic animals which express APP and/or β-secretase are used to test the inhibitory activity of compounds of this invention. Corresponding transgenic animals are described e.g. in U.S. Pat. No. 5,877,399, U.S. Pat. No. 5,612,486, U.S. Pat. No. 5,387,742, U.S. Pat. No. 5,720,936, U.S. Pat. No. 5,850,003, U.S. Pat. No. 5,877,015 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,811,633, and in Games et. al., 1995, Nature 373: 523. It is preferable to use animal models which exhibit some of the characteristics of AD pathology. The addition of β-secretase inhibitors according to this invention and subsequent investigation of the pathology of the animals is another alternative for demonstrating the β-secretase inhibition by the compounds. The compounds are administered in such a way that they are able to reach their site of activity in a pharmaceutically effective form and amount.
  • The test for detecting cathepsin D (EC: 3.4.23.5) inhibition was carried out as follows: 20 mU of recombinant cathepsin D (Calbiochem, Cat. No. 219401) in 20 mM sodium acetate buffer pH 4.5 with 5 μM substrate peptide and various concentrations of the test substance are incubated at 37° C. in a 96-well dish and the conversion is recorded over 60 minutes in a fluorescence measuring device (emission: 535 nm, extinction: 340 nm). The peptide substrate used has the following sequence: NH2-Arg-Glu(Edans)-Glu-Val-Asn-Leu-Asp-Ala-Glu-Phe-Lys(Dabcyl)-Arg-COOH (Bachem). However, it is also possible to use a peptide or protein substrate with a sequence that can be cleaved proteolytically by cathepsin D. The test substances are dissolved in DMSO and used in the assay after being diluted to a maximum 1% DMSO.
  • The assay is started by adding the substrate.
  • Mixtures without enzyme or without inhibitor are included in each plate as controls.
  • The IC50 value for the test compound is calculated using standard software (e.g. GraphPad Prism®) from the percentage inhibition of the substance at different test concentrations. The relative inhibition is calculated from the reduction in signal intensity in the presence of the substance, compared with the signal intensity without the substance.
  • The compounds (1)-(458) listed in the Table hereinbefore had an inhibitory effect on cathepsin D in the test described here.
  • The Examples that follow are intended to illustrate the invention, without restricting it thereto.
    • EXAMPLES
  • The following abbreviations are used in the test descriptions:
  • BOC tert.-butoxycarbonyl
    • DIPEAN-ethyl-diisopropylamine
  • DMF dimethylformamide
    ES-MS electrospray mass spectrometry
    HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography
    HPLC-MS high pressure liquid chromatography with mass detection
    sat. saturated
    HOBt 1-hydroxy-benzotriazole-hydrate
    i. vac. in vacuo
    conc. concentrated
    MPLC medium pressure liquid chromatography
    RF retention factor
    RT retention time
    TBTU O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N′,N′-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
    TEA triethylamine
    TFA trifluoroacetic acid
    THF tetrahydrofuran
    → indicates the binding site of a group
    -* indicates the binding site of a group
  • The HPLC 1-data were produced under the following conditions:
  • Waters Alliance 2695 HPLC, Waters 2700 Autosampler, Waters 2996 diode array detector
  • The mobile phase used is:
  • A: water with 0.13% TFA
    B: acetonitrile with 0.10% TFA
  • time in min % A % B flow rate in ml/min
    0.0 95 5 1.00
    0.7 95 5 1.00
    5.2 2 98 1.00
    5.7 2 98 1.00
    6.0 95 5 1.00
    6.5 95 5 1.00
  • The stationary phase used was a Varian column, Microsorb 100 C18 3 μm, 4.6 mm×50 mm, batch no. 2231108 (column temperature: constant at 25° C.).
  • The diode array detection took place at a wavelength range of 210-300 nm
  • The HPLC 2-data were produced under the following conditions:
  • The mobile phase used is:
  • A: water
    B: acetonitrile
  • time in min % A % B flow rate in ml/min
    0.0 95 5 1.50
    5.0 0 100 1.50
    6.0 0 100 1.50
    6.2 95 5 1.50
  • The stationary phase used was a Develosil RPAq. column 4.6 mm×50 mm,
  • The detection took place at wavelengths of 254 nm.
  • The HPLC 3-data were produced under the following conditions:
  • Waters Alliance 2795 HPLC with integrated Autosampler, Waters 2996 PDA, Waters ZQ mass spectrometer
  • The mobile phase used is:
  • A: water with 0.10% TFA
    B: acetonitrile with 0.08% TFA
  • time in min % A % B flow rate in ml/min
    0.00 95 5 0.80
    2.75 2 98 0.80
    3.50 2 98 0.80
    3.80 95 5 0.80
    5.00 95 5 0.80
    6.5 95 5 1.00
  • The stationary phase used was a Waters column, Xterra MS C18, 3.5 μm, 2.1 mm×50 mm (column temperature: constant at 40° C.).
  • The diode array detection took place at a wavelength range of 210-500 nm
  • The HPLC 4-data were produced under the following conditions:
  • Abimed Gilson, Autoinjector 231 XL, Fraction collector 202 C, Detector 118 UV/Vis, The mobile phase used is:
  • A: water with 0.10% TFA
    B: acetonitrile with 0.10% TFA
  • time in min % A % B flow rate in ml/min
    0 90 10 20.00
    5 90 10 20.00
    16 50 50 20.00
    25 50 50 20.00
    31 0 100 20.00
    32 90 10 20.00
    37 90 10 20.00
  • The stationary phase used was a Varian column, Microsorb C18 8 μm, 21.2 mm×250 mm; the diode array detection took place at a wavelength range of 210-300 nm
  • The HPLC 5-data were produced under the following conditions:
      • column: Waters Xterra MS. C18. 4.6×50 mm. 3 μm.
      • column temperature. 40° C.
      • flow rate 1 ml/min
      • buffer A: water+0.1% TFA.
      • buffer B: MeCN+0.08% TFA.
      • gradient: from 95% A to 2% A in 4.50 min
  • The HPLC 6 data were produced under the following conditions:
  • Waters ZQ2000 mass spectrometer, HP1100 HPLC+DAD, Gilson 215
  • The mobile phase used is:
  • A: water with 0.10% TFA
    B: acetonitrile with 0.10% TFA
  • time in min % A % B flow rate in ml/min
    0.0 95 5 1.00
    0.4 95 5 1.00
    4.0 2 98 1.00
    4.35 2 98 1.00
    4.50 95 5 1.00
  • The stationary phase used was a column X-Terra MS C18, 3.5 μm, 4.6 mm×50 mm, (column temperature: constant at 40° C.).
  • The diode array detection took place at a wavelength range of 210-500 nm.
  • The HPLC-MS-data were produced under the following conditions:
  • Waters ZMD, Waters Alliance 2690 HPLC, Waters 2700 Autosampler, Waters 996 diode array detector
  • The mobile phase used is:
  • A: water with 0.13% TFA
    B: acetonitrile with 0.10% TFA
  • time in min % A % B flow rate in ml/min
    0.0 95 5 1.00
    0.1 95 5 1.00
    3.1 2 98 1.00
    4.5 2 98 1.00
    5.0 95 5 1.00
  • The stationary phase used was a Waters column, Xterra MS C18 2.5 μm, 4.6 mm×30 mm, (column temperature: constant at 25° C.).
  • The diode array detection took place at a wavelength range of 210-500 nm
    • Example 1
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00125
    • a) Preparation of 1-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00126
  • 2.0 g (9.6 mmol) dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate were dissolved in 19 ml dichloromethane and combined with 1.5 ml (19.1 mmol) pyridine. The reaction solution was cooled to 0° C., at this temperature 0.8 ml (10.5 mmol) methanesulphonyl chloride was metered in and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature. Then the reaction solution was evaporated to dryness i. vac., the residue was mixed with ethyl acetate, filtered off and dried in the vacuum drying cupboard.
  • Yield 2.5 g (91%) white crystals 1-a.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=288
    • b) Preparation of 1-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00127
  • First of all 2.5 g (8.7 mmol) 1-a and then 1.3 ml (17.4 mmol) methyl iodide were added to a solution of 0.7 g (17.4 mmol) sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil) in 10 ml DMF. The reaction solution was stirred for 1 h at ambient temperature, combined with 100 ml of water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried and evaporated to dryness using the rotary evaporator. Quantitative yield of 1-b as a yellow oil.
  • ES-MS (M+NH4)+=319
    • c) Preparation of 1-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00128
  • 2.9 g (8.7 mmol) 1-b were dissolved in 25 ml of methanol and 25 ml THF, at 0° C. 8.7 ml (8.7 mmol) 1N NaOH were added and the reaction solution was stirred for 7 hours at ambient temperature. Then the solvent was eliminated using the rotary evaporator, the residue was dissolved in 30 ml 1N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried and purified by chromatography on silica gel with the eluant (dichloromethane/methanol 95:5).
  • Yield 1.2 g (46%) white crystals 1-c.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=288
    • d) Preparation of 1-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00129
  • 500 mg (1.7 mmol) 1-c in 10 ml dichloromethane were combined with 615 mg (1.9 mmol) TBTU and 1.2 ml (7.0 mmol) DIPEA, then 226 μl (1.7 mmol) (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at ambient temperature.
  • The reaction solution was extracted with 20% KHCO3 solution and water. The organic phases were separated using a phase separator cartridge and evaporated to dryness i. vac. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel with the eluant (ethyl acetate/heptane 9:1). Yield 580 mg (85%) beige crystals 1-d.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=391
    • e) Preparation of 1-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00130
  • 580 mg (1.5 mmol) 1-d were dissolved in 5 ml of methanol and 5 ml THF, 1.5 ml (3.0 mmol) 2N NaOH was added and the reaction solution was stirred for 1 hour at 50° C. Then the solvent was eliminated i. vac., the residue was combined with 20 ml 1N HCl, the precipitate was filtered off and dried at 50° C. in the vacuum drying cupboard.
  • Yield 270.0 mg (48%) white crystals 1-e.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=377
    • f) Preparation of 1-f:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00131
  • 25.9 g (119.2 mmol) Boc-L-valine in 250 ml dichloromethane were combined with 38.3 g (119 mmol) TBTU and 63.0 ml (371 mmol) DIPEA, while cooling with an ice bath, then 10.7 g (131 mmol) ethylamine-hydrochloride was added. The reaction solution was stirred for 5 hours at ambient temperature and then extracted with 20% KHCO3 solution and water. The organic phases were separated using a phase separator cartridge and evaporated to dryness i. vac. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel with the eluant (ethyl acetate/heptane 7:3). Quantitative yield of 1-f as white crystals.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=245
    • g) Preparation of 1-g:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00132
  • 29.0 g (0.1 mol) 1-f was dissolved in 130 ml dichloromethane and combined with 100 ml (1.3 mol) trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction solution was stirred for 1 h at ambient temperature, then evaporated to dryness using the rotary evaporator.
  • Quantitative yield of 1-g as a yellow oil.
    • h) Preparation of 1-h:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00133
  • 1-h was prepared analogously to 1-d from Boc-Ala-OH and 1-g.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=316
    • i) Preparation of 1-i:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00134
  • 40.0 g (0.1 mol) 1-h were suspended in 800 ml of ethyl acetate and combined with 100 ml (0.4 mol) 4N HCl in dioxane. The reaction solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The precipitate was suction filtered, suspended in diethyl ether, suction filtered again and then dried at 50° C. in the vacuum drying cupboard.
  • Yield 27.1 g (85%) white crystals 1-i.
  • ES(−)-MS (M−H)−=250
    • j) Preparation of 1-j:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00135
  • 29.7 g (70.0 mmol) of Dess-Martin periodinane were suspended in 150 ml dichloromethane, then within 40 minutes a solution of 16.0 g (63.7 mmol) Boc-phenyl-alaninol in 150 ml dichloromethane was metered in. The reaction solution was stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature, then combined with 200 ml 20% KHCO3 solution and 200 ml 10% Na2S2O3 solution. The mixture was stirred for 20 min at ambient temperature, the phases were separated and the organic phase was washed with 20% KHCO3 solution and water. The organic phase was dried and evaporated to dryness using the rotary evaporator. Quantitative yield of 1-j as white crystals.
    • k) Preparation of 1-k:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00136
  • 15.4 g (61.2 mmol) 1-i were dissolved in 200 ml acetonitrile and combined with 10.5 ml (61.2 mmol) DIPEA. The mixture was stirred for 10 min at ambient temperature, 15.3 g (61.2 mmol) 1-j was added and the mixture was cooled to 0° C. Then the reaction solution was combined with 7.0 ml (122 mmol) acetic acid and 20.5 g (91.8 mmol) sodium triacetoxyborohydride and stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The reaction solution was evaporated to dryness using the rotary evaporator and the residue was combined with dichloromethane and 1N NaHCO3 solution. The phases were separated, the organic phase was dried and evaporated to dryness i. vac. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel with the eluant (ethyl acetate/heptane 7:3 to ethyl acetate/heptane 1:0). Yield 13.1 g (43%) bright yellow crystals 1-k.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=449
  • l) Preparation of 1-l:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00137
  • 1-l was prepared analogously to Example 1-g from 1-k.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=349
    • m) Preparation of 1-m:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00138
  • 1-m was prepared analogously to 1-d from 1-e and 1-l.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=707
  • Analogously to Example 1 the following compounds were prepared from 1-c and the corresponding amount of amine:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00139
    Mass
    Example R spectrum
    1.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00140
         		725 [M + H]+
    1.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00141
         		725 [M + H]+
    1.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00142
         		721 [M + H]+
    1.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00143
         		721 [M + H]+
    1.6
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00144
         		721 [M + H]+
    1.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00145
         		708 [M + H]+
    1.8
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00146
         		708 [M + H]+
    1.9
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00147
         		708 [M + H]+
    1.10
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00148
         		713 [M + H]+
    1.11
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00149
         		707 [M + H]+
    1.12
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00150
         		755/757 (chlorine isotopes) [M + H]+
    1.13
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00151
         		817 [M + H]+
    1.14
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00152
         		784 [M + H]+
    1.15
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00153
         		735 [M + H]+
    1.16
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00154
         		790 [M + H]+
    1.17
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00155
         		782 [M + H]+
    1.18
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00156
         		737 [M + H]+
    1.19
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00157
         		785/787 (bromine isotopes) [M + H]+
    1.20
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00158
         		757 [M + H]+
    1.21
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00159
         		721 [M + H]+
    1.22
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00160
         		721 [M + H]+
    1.23
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00161
         		719 [M + H]+
    1.24
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00162
         		741/743 (chlorine isotopes) [M + H]+
    1.25
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00163
         		737 [M + H]+
    1.26
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00164
         		735 [M + H]+
    1.27
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00165
         		721 [M + H]+
    1.27-b
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00166
         		761 [M + H]+
    1.27-c
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00167
         		694 [M + H]+
    1.27-d
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00168
         		738 [M + H]+
    1.27-e
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00169
         		730 [M + H]+
    1.27-f
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00170
         		712 [M + H]+
    1.27-g
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00171
         		708 [M + H]+
    1.27-h
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00172
         		736 [M + H]+
    1.27-i
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00173
         		743 [M + H]+
    1.27-j
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00174
         		776 [M + H]+
    1.27-k
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00175
         		712 [M + H]+
    1.27-l
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00176
         		726 [M + H]+
    1.27-m
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00177
         		710 [M + H]+
    1.27-n
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00178
         		740 [M + H]+
    1.27-o
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00179
         		724 [M + H]+
    1.27-p
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00180
         		684 [M + H]+
    1.27-q
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00181
         		700 [M + H]+
    1.27-r
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00182
         		744 [M + H]+
    1.27-s
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00183
         		722 [M + H]+
    1.27-t
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00184
         		722 [M + H]+
    1.27-u
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00185
         		765 [M + H]+
    1.27-v
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00186
         		736 [M + H]+
    1.27-w
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00187
         		787 [M + H]+
    1.27-x
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00188
         		709 [M + H]+
    1.27-y
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00189
         		747 [M + H]+
    1.27-z
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00190
         		750 [M + H]+
    1.27-za
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00191
         		761 [M + H]+
    1.27-zb
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00192
         		712 [M + H]+
  • Analogously to Example 1 the following compounds were prepared from dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate and the corresponding amount of sulphonyl chlorides:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00193
    Retention
    Mass time
    Example R spectrum (method)
    1.28
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00194
         		783 [M + H]+ 4.84 min (HPLC 1)
    1.29
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00195
         		770 [M + H]+ 4.57 min (HPLC 1)
    1.30
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00196
         		721 [M + H]+ 4.54 min (HPLC 1)
    1.31
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00197
         		736 [M + H]+ 4.64 min (HPLC 1)
    1.32
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00198
         		778 [M + H]+ 4.53 min (HPLC 1)
    1.33
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00199
         		769 [M + H]+ 4.79 min (HPLC1)
    1.34
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00200
         		735 [M + H]+
  • Analogously to 1 the following compounds were prepared from corresponding educts:
  • Retention
    Mass time
    Example spectrum (method)
    1.34-a
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00201
         		788 [M + H]+
    1.34-b
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00202
         		774 [M + H]+
    1.34-c
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00203
         		746 [M + H]+ 2.58 min (HPLC- MS)
    1.34-d
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00204
         		805 [M + H]+
    1.34-e
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00205
         		788 [M + H]+ 3.03 min (HPLC- MS)
    1.34-f
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00206
         		781 [M + H]+ 2.75 min (HPLC- MS)
    1.34-g
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00207
         		773 [M + H]+ 2.70 min (HPLC- MS)
    1.34-h
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00208
         		764 [M + H]+
    1.34-i
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00209
         		786 [M + H]+ 2.14 min (HPLC- MS)
    1.34-j
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00210
         		864 [M + H]+ 2.71 min (HPLC- MS)
    1.34-k
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00211
         		785 [M + H]+ 4.17 min (HPLC 1)
    1.34-l
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00212
         		863 [M + H]+ 5.01 min (HPLC 1)
    1.34-rn
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00213
         		865 [M + H]+ 3.84 min (HPLC 1)
    1.34-n
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00214
         		943 [M + H]+ 475 min (HPLC 1)
    1.34-o
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00215
         		864 [M + H]+ 4.39 min (HPLC 1)
    1.34-p
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00216
         		942 [M + H]+ 5.27 min (HPLC 1)
    • Example 1.35
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00217
  • Example 1.35 was prepared analogously to Example 1, except that iodoethane was used instead of methyl iodide.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=721
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.57 min
    • Example 1.36
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00218
  • Example 1.36 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and (S)-2-{(S)-2-[(S)-2-amino-3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)-propylamino]-propionylamino}-N-ethyl-3-methyl-butyramide.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=697
    • Example 1.37
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00219
  • Example 1.37 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-cyclohexylalaninal in step 1k) instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=713
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.90 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.87 min
    • Example 1.38
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00220
  • Example 1.38 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-norleucinal in step 1k) instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=673
  • RT(HPLC 1)=5.55 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.76 min
    • Example 1.39
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00221
  • Example 1.39 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-2-amino-4-cyclohexyl-butyraldehyde in step 1k) instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=727
  • RT(HPLC 1)=5.06 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.97 min
    • Example 1.40
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00222
  • Example 1.40 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-cyclopentylalaninal in step 1k) instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=699
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.74 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.88 min
    • Example 1.41
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00223
  • Example 1.41 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-2-amino-3-benzyloxy-propionaldehyde in step 1k) instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=737
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.67 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.83 min
    • Example 1.42
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00224
  • Example 1.42 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-2-amino-3-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-propionaldehyde in step 1k) instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=775
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.81 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.95 min
  • Analogously to Example 1 the following compounds were prepared, using the corresponding amine instead of ethylamine analogously to the preparation of 1f:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00225
    Retention
    Mass time
    Example R spectrum (method)
    1.43
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00226
         		719 [M + H]+ 4.64 min (HPLC 1), 2.82 min (HPLC- MS)
    1.44
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00227
         		693 [M + H]+ 4.39 min (HPLC 1)
     1.44b
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00228
         		761 [M + H]+ 4.76 min (HPLC 1), 3.03 min (HPLC- MS)
    • Example 1.45
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00229
  • Example 1.45 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using 2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-4,4,4-trifluoro-butyric acid in step 1f) instead of Boc-L-valine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=747
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.86 min
    • Example 1.46
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00230
  • Example 1.46 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-(S)-2-aminobutyric acid in step 1h) instead of Boc-alanine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=747
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.86 min
    • Example 1.47
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00231
  • Example 1.47 was prepared analogously to Example 1.46, by using Boc-(S)-2-aminohexanal instead of Boc-(S)-phenylalaninal analogously to step 1k). The crude product was purified by
  • RP-HPLC.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=687
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.61 min
    • Example 1.48
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00232
  • Example 1.48 was prepared analogously to Example 1.38 from 1-e, by using Ala-Val-amide (Bachem AG) in step 1-h) instead of 11. The crude product was purified by RP-HPLC.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=645
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.34 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.71 min
    • Example 1.49
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00233
  • Example 1.49 was prepared analogously to Example 1.19, by using Ala-Val-amide (Bachem AG) in step 1-h) instead of 11. The crude product was purified by RP-HPLC.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=757/759 (Br)
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.67 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=1.93 min
    • Example 1.50
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00234
  • Example 1.50 was prepared analogously to Example 1.19, by using 2,2,2-trifluorethylamine instead of ethylamine in step 1-f). The crude product was purified by RP-HPLC.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=839/841 (Br)
  • RT(HPLC 1)=5.00 min
    • Example 1.51
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00235
  • Example 1.51 was prepared analogously to Example 1.38, by using methylamine in step 1-f) instead of ethylamine. The crude product was purified by RP-HPLC.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=659
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.26 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.69 min
    • Example 1.52
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00236
    • a) Preparation of 1.52-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00237
  • 101 mg (0.34 mmol) 18.6-b dissolved in 5 ml of pyridine were combined batchwise with 92 mg (0.34 mmol) dansyl chloride and the mixture was stirred for 14 h at ambient temperature. Then it was poured onto water, mixed with hydrochloric acid, extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic phase was dried and evaporated down. By trituration with ether 132 mg 1.52-a were obtained as a beige solid.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=532
    • b) Preparation of 1.52-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00238
  • The saponification von 1.52-a to 1.52-b was carried out analogously to step 18.6-d with sodium hydroxide solution in methanol.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=518
    • c) Preparation of 1.52
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00239
  • 1.52 was prepared analogously to Example 1.38 from 1.52-b, by using Ala-Val-amide (Bachem AG) in step 1-h) instead of 11. The crude product was first of all chromatographed on silica gel (dichloromethane/methanol 95:5) and then purified by RP-HPLC.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=786
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.55 min
    • Example 1.53
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00240
  • Example 1.53 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-L-cyclopropylglycine in step 1h) instead of Boc-alanine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=733
  • RT(HPLC-1)=4.66 min
    • Example 1.54
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00241
  • Example 1.54 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 1-e and the corresponding amine component, by using Boc-L-norvaline in step 1h) instead of Boc-alanine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=735
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.91 min
  • The following Examples were prepared analogously to Example 1 using the corresponding educts:
  • Retention
    Mass time
    Example spectrum (method)
    1.55
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00242
         		732 [M + H]+
    1.56
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00243
         		776 [M + H]+
    1.57
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00244
         		798 [M + H]+ 4.99 min (HPLC 1)
    1.58
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00245
         		777 [M + H]+ 2.96 min (HPLC- MS)
    1.59
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00246
         		791 [M + H]+ 3.04 min (HPLC- MS)
    1.60
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00247
         		763 [M + H]+ 2.87 min (HPLC- MS)
  • The following Examples were prepared analogously to Example 1 using 1.61-a and the corresponding educts:
    • Preparation of 1.61-a
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00248
  • 2.00 g (6.96 mmol) 1-a were placed in 50 ml DMF in the autoclave and 1.2 g KOH powder was added. Then 5 bar of chlorodifluoromethane were added under pressure. The reaction mixture was heated to 80° C. and stirred for 14 h. A further 1.0 g KOH powder was added, chlorodifluoromethane was added under pressure and the mixture was stirred for 14 h at 80° C. The solution was cooled, water was slowly added (vigorous foaming) and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. After evaporation brown crystals were formed which were stirred out with MeOH and suction filtered.
  • Yield: 400 mg (17%) 1.61-a as brown crystals
  • RT (HPLC-MS)=3.04 min
  • ES-MS (M)+=337
  • Retention
    Mass time
    Example spectrum (method)
    1.61
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00249
         		762 [M + H]+ 4.77 min (HPLC 1)
    1.62
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00250
         		778 [M + H]+ 4.93 min (HPLC 1)
    1.63
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00251
         		737 [M + H]+ 4.28 min (HPLC 1)
    • Example 2
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00252
    • a) Preparation of 2-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00253
  • 2-a was prepared analogously to 1-d from monomethyl isophthalate and 1-l.
    • b) Preparation of 2-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00254
  • 450 mg (0.88 mmol) 2-a were dissolved in 5 ml of methanol, then 5.0 ml (10.0 mmol) 2N NaOH was added and the reaction solution was stirred for 5 hours at ambient temperature. The solvent was eliminated using the rotary evaporator and the residue was combined with 2N HCl. Then the aqueous phase was decanted off, the organic phase was combined with diethyl ether and the precipitate was filtered off.
  • Yield 320.0 mg (68%) white crystals 2-b.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=497
    • c) Preparation of 2-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00255
  • 2-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 2-b and benzylamine. The purification was carried out by chromatography on silica gel with the eluant (dichloromethane/methanol 9:1).
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=586
  • Analogously to Example 2 the following compounds were prepared from 2-b and the corresponding amount of amines:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00256
  • Mass Retention time
    Example R spectrum (method)
    2.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00257
         		600 [M + H]+
    2.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00258
         		628 [M + H]+ 2.97 min (HPLC- MS)
    2.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00259
         		614 [M + H]+ 2.81 min (HPLC- MS)
    2.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00260
         		680 [M + H]+ 4.20 min (HPLC 2)
    2.6
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00261
         		658 [M + H]+ 3.91 min (HPLC 2)
    2.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00262
         		690 [M + H]+ 4.30 min (HPLC 2)
    2.8
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00263
         		614 [M + H]+ 3.98 min (HPLC 2)
    2.9
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00264
         		614 [M + H]+ 3.95 min (HPLC 2)
    2.10
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00265
         		650 [M + H]+ 4.25 min (HPLC 2)
    2.11
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00266
         		632 [M + H]+ 3.62 min (HPLC 2)
    2.12
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00267
         		639 [M + H]+ 4.03 min (HPLC 2)
    2.13
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00268
         		601 [M + H]+ 3.27 min (HPLC 2)
    2.14
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00269
         		634 [M + H]+ 4.19 min (HPLC 2)
    2.15
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00270
         		630 [M + H]+ 4.09 min (HPLC 2)
    2.16
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00271
         		630 [M + H]+ 4.05 min (HPLC 2)
    2.17
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00272
         		660 [M + H]+ 3.87 min (HPLC 2)
    2.18
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00273
         		680 [M + H]+ 4.26 min (HPLC 2)
    2.19
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00274
         		634 [M + H]+ 4.23 min (HPLC 2)
    2.20
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00275
         		616 [M + H]+ 3.74 min (HPLC 2)
    2.21
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00276
         		614 [M + H]+ 4.18 min (HPLC 2)
    2.22
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00277
         		679 [M + H]+ 3.65 min (HPLC 2)
    2.23
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00278
         		645 [M + H]+ 4.06 min (HPLC 2)
    2.24
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00279
         		668 [M + H]+ 4.27 min (HPLC 2)
    2.25
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00280
         		634 [M + H]+ 4.20 min (HPLC 2)
    2.26
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00281
         		606 [M + H]+ 4.00 min (HPLC 2)
    2.27
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00282
         		652 [M + H]+ 4.21 min (HPLC 2)
    2.28
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00283
         		668 [M + H]+ 4.31 min (HPLC 2)
    2.29
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00284
         		643 [M + H]+ 4.24 min (HPLC 2)
    2.30
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00285
         		660 [M + H]+ 4.05 min (HPLC 2)
    2.31
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00286
         		644 [M + H]+ 4.19 min (HPLC 2)
    2.32
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00287
         		653 [M + H]+ 4.15 min (HPLC 2)
    2.33
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00288
         		618 [M + H]+ 4.09 min (HPLC 2)
    2.34
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00289
         		618 [M + H]+ 4.07 min (HPLC 2)
    2.35
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00290
         		710 [M + H]+ 4.20 min (HPLC 2)
    2.36
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00291
         		601 [M + H]+ 3.27 min (HPLC 2)
    2.37
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00292
         		628 [M + H]+ 4.29 min (HPLC 2)
    2.38
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00293
         		650 [M + H]+ 4.32 min (HPLC 2)
    2.39
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00294
         		668 [M + H]+ 4.28 min (HPLC 2)
    2.40
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00295
         		636 [M + H]+ 4.11 min (HPLC 2)
    2.41
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00296
         		636 [M + H]+ 4.12 min (HPLC 2)
    2.42
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00297
         		636 [M + H]+ 4.10 min (HPLC 2)
    2.43
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00298
         		636 [M + H]+ 4.14 min (HPLC 2)
    2.44
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00299
         		636 [M + H]+ 4.09 min (HPLC 2)
    2.45
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00300
         		619 [M + H]+ 3.75 min (HPLC 2)
    2.46
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00301
         		618 [M + H]+ 3.37 min (HPLC 2)
    2.47
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00302
         		671 [M + H]+ 3.46 min (HPLC 2)
    2.48
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00303
         		590 [M + H]+ 3.87 min (HPLC 2)
    2.49
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00304
         		684 [M + H]+ 4.32 min (HPLC 2)
    2.50
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00305
         		618 [M + H]+ 3.55 min (HPLC 2)
    2.51
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00306
         		668 [M + H]+ 4.28 min (HPLC 2)
    2.52
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00307
         		604 [M + H]+ 3.62 min (HPLC 2)
    2.53
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00308
         		604 [M + H]+ 3.61 min (HPLC 2)
    2.54
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00309
         		618 [M + H]+ 3.73 min (HPLC 2)
    2.55
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00310
         		636 [M + H]+ 4.21 min (HPLC 2)
    2.56
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00311
         		630 [M + H]+ 4.21 min (HPLC 2)
    2.57
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00312
         		604 [M + H]+ 3.97 min (HPLC 2)
    2.58
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00313
         		620 [M + H]+ 4.07 min (HPLC 2)
    2.59
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00314
         		656 [M + H]+ 4.29 min (HPLC 2)
    2.60
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00315
         		600 [M + H]+ 4.06 min (HPLC 2)
    2.61
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00316
         		604 [M + H]+ 4.00 min (HPLC 2)
    2.62
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00317
         		616 [M + H]+ 3.94 min (HPLC 2)
    2.63
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00318
         		600 [M + H]+ 4.07 min (HPLC 2)
    2.64
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00319
         		622 [M + H]+ 3.95 min (HPLC 2)
    2.65
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00320
         		614 [M + H]+ 4.21 min (HPLC 2)
    2.66
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00321
         		628 [M + H]+ 3.95 min (HPLC 2)
    2.67
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00322
         		644 [M + H]+ 3.88 min (HPLC 2)
    2.68
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00323
         		652 [M + H]+ 3.91 min (HPLC 2)
    2.69
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00324
         		590 [M + H]+ 3.26 min (HPLC 2)
    2.70
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00325
         		668 [M + H]+ 4.27 min (HPLC 2)
    2.71
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00326
         		668 [M + H]+ 4.26 min (HPLC 2)
    2.72
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00327
         		654 [M + H]+ 4.28 min (HPLC 2)
    2.73
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00328
         		620 [M + H]+ 4.10 min (HPLC 2)
    2.74
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00329
         		628 [M + H]+ 4.32 min (HPLC 2)
    2.75
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00330
         		622 [M + H]+ 4.05 min (HPLC 2)
    2.76
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00331
         		629 [M + H]+ 3.34 min (HPLC 2)
    2.77
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00332
         		626 [M + H]+ 4.03 min (HPLC 2)
    2.78
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00333
         		622 [M + H]+ 4.05 min (HPLC 2)
    2.79
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00334
         		622 [M + H]+ 4.02 min (HPLC 2)
    • Example 2.80
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00335
    • a) Preparation of 2.80-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00336
  • 2.80-a was prepared analogously to 1-d from monomethyl isophthalate and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
    • b) Preparation of 2.80-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00337
  • 2.80-b was prepared analogously to 2-b from 2.80-a.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=270
    • c) Preparation of 2.80-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00338
  • 2.80-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 2.80-b and 1-l.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=600
    • Example 2.81
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00339
  • Example 2.81 was prepared analogously to Example 2.80, except that (S)-1-phenyl-ethylamine was used instead of (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=600
    • Example 2.82
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00340
  • Example 2.82 was prepared analogously to Example 2.80, except that in the synthesis of the precursor analogous to 1-l the corresponding benzylamine was used in step 1-f.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=748
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.75 min
    • Example 3
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00341
    • a) Preparation of 3-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00342
  • 1.0 g (5.6 mmol) monomethyl isophthalate were combined in 30 ml THF with 1.8 g (5.6 mmol) TBTU and 781.0 μl (5.6 mmol) triethylamine, then 723 μl (5.6 mmol) benzylmethylamine was added and the mixture was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The reaction solution was extracted with sat. NaCl solution and ethyl acetate. The organic phases were dried and evaporated to dryness i. vac. Quantitative yield of 3-a.
  • RF=0.64 (silica gel; petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 1:1)
    • b) Preparation of 3-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00343
  • 1.6 g (5.6 mmol) 3-a were dissolved in 40 ml THF and 50 ml of water, then 1.2 g (27.8 mmol) lithium hydroxide was added and the reaction solution was stirred for 3 hours at ambient temperature. The solvent was eliminated using the rotary evaporator, the residue was combined with 30 ml 1N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried, evaporated down i. vac. and combined with petroleum ether/ethyl acetate. The precipitate was suction filtered and dried.
  • Yield 1.3 g (83%) 3-b.
  • RF=0.13 (silica gel; petroleum ether/ethyl acetate 1:1)
    • c) Preparation of 3-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00344
  • 3-c was prepared analogously to 1-j from BOC-L-leucinol.
    • d) Preparation of 3-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00345
  • 3-d was prepared analogously to 1-k from 3-c and 1-i.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=415
    • e) Preparation of 3-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00346
  • 3-e was prepared analogously to 1-g from 3-d.
    • f) Preparation of 3-f:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00347
  • 3-f was prepared analogously to 1-d from 3-b and 3-e.
  • RT(HPLC 3)=1.87 min
    • Example 4
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00348
    • a) Preparation of 4-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00349
  • 4-a was prepared analogously to 1-d from 1-c and R-1-(3-chlorophenyl)-ethylamine
    • b) Preparation of 4-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00350
  • 4-b was prepared analogously to 2-b from 4-a.
    • c) Preparation of 4-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00351
  • 4-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 4-b and (S)-2-[(S)-2-((S)-2-amino-3-thiazol-4-yl-propylamino)-propionylamino]-N-ethyl-3-methyl-butyramide.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=748/750 (chlorine isotopes)
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.35 min
  • Analogously to Example 4 the following compounds were prepared from 1-c and the corresponding amount of amines:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00352
    Retention time
    Example R Mass spectrum (method)
    4.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00353
         		728 [M + H]+ 4.27 min (HPLC 2)
    4.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00354
         		720 [M + H]+ 4.09 min (HPLC 1)
    4.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00355
         		728 [M + H]+ 4.25 min (HPLC 1)
    4.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00356
         		744 [M + H]+ 4.15 min (HPLC 1)
    • Example 5
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00357
    • a) Preparation of 5-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00358
  • 945 mg (24.9 mmol) lithium aluminium hydride were suspended in 10 ml THF, cooled to 0° C. and then 5.0 g (16.6 mmol) Boc-L-3,5-difluorophenylalanine dissolved in 15 ml THF was slowly metered in. The reaction solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature, then combined with 10 ml sat. diammonium tartrate solution and magnesium sulphate, stirred for 30 minutes at ambient temperature and filtered through silica gel. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness i. vac. and separated by chromatography by MPLC using the eluant (ethyl acetate/heptane 0:100 to 70:30). Yield 2.8 g (58%) white crystals 5-a.
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.92 min
    • b) Preparation of 5-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00359
  • 5-b was prepared analogously to 1-j from 5-a.
  • RF=0.7 (ethyl acetate/heptane 70:30)
    • c) Preparation of 5-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00360
  • 5-c was prepared analogously to 1-k from 1-i and 5-b.
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.65 min
    • d) Preparation of 5-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00361
  • 5-d was prepared analogously to 1-i from 5-c.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=385
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.12 min
    • e) Preparation of 5-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00362
  • 5-e was prepared analogously to 1-d from 1-e and 5-d.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=743
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.58 min
  • Analogously to 5-e the following compounds were prepared from 1-e and the corresponding amount of amines:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00363
    Example R Mass spectrum
    5.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00364
         		721 [M + H]+
    5.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00365
         		719 [M + H]+
    5.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00366
         		713 [M + H]+
    5.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00367
         		708 [M + H]+
    5.6
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00368
         		708 [M + H]+
    5.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00369
         		714 [M + H]+
    5.8
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00370
         		655 [M + H]+
    5.9
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00371
         		697 [M + H]+
    5.10
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00372
         		697 [M + H]+
    5.11
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00373
         		713 [M + H]+
    5.12
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00374
         		791/793 (Br) [M + H]+
    5.13
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00375
         		764 [M + H]+
    5.14
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00376
         		714 [M + H]+
    5.15
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00377
         		670 [M + H]+
    5.16
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00378
         		752 [M + H]+
    5.17
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00379
         		785/787 (Br) [M + H]+
    5.18
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00380
         		722 [M + H]+
    5.19
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00381
         		741/743 (Cl) [M + H]+
    5.20
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00382
         		747/749 (Cl) [M + H]+
    5.21
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00383
         		727 [M + H]+
    5.22
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00384
         		725 [M + H]+
    5.23
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00385
         		669 [M + H]+
    5.24
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00386
         		712 [M + H]+
    5.25
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00387
         		659 [M + H]+
  • Analogously to 5-e the following compounds were prepared from the corresponding acids analogous to 1-e and amines analogous to 5-d:
  • Mass Retention
    Exam- spectrum time
    ple structure [M + H]+ [method]
    5.26
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00388
         		731 2.78 min [HPLC- MS]
    5.27
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00389
         		726 2.46 min [HPLC- MS]
    5.28
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00390
         		726 2.40 min [HPLC- MS]
    5.29
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00391
         		742/744 (Cl) 2.53 min [HPLC- MS]
    5.30
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00392
         		742/744 (Cl) 2.49 min [HPLC- MS]
    5.31
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00393
         		747/749 (Cl) 2.87 min [HPLC- MS]
    5.32
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00394
         		727 2.83 min [HPLC- MS]
    5.33
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00395
         		722 4.00 min [HPLC-1]
    5.34
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00396
         		722 2.42 min [HPLC- MS]
    5.35
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00397
         		714 3.86 min [HPLC-1]
    5.36
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00398
         		714 2.33 min [HPLC- MS]
    5.37
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00399
         		825/827/ 829 (Br/Cl)
    5.38
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00400
         		798/800 (Cl) 2.85 min [HPLC- MS]
    5.39
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00401
         		748/750 (Cl) 2.65 min [HPLC- MS]
    5.40
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00402
         		704/706 (Cl) 2.68 min [HPLC- MS]
    • Example 6
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00403
    • a) Preparation of 6-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00404
  • 2.0 g (12.0 mmol) 3,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid were combined with 0.9 ml (12.0 mmol) thionyl chloride in 40 ml of methanol while cooling with an ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred first at ambient temperature, then at 50° C. overnight. Then the reaction solution was combined with water at ambient temperature and 20% KHCO3 solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was adjusted to pH 3 with 4N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried and evaporated to dryness using the rotary evaporator. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel with the eluant (dichloromethane/methanol/CH3COOH 95:5:0.1). Yield 1.0 g (46%) white crystals 6-a.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=182
    • b) Preparation of 6-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00405
  • 6-b was prepared analogously to 1-d from 6-a and (R)-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethylamine
    • c) Preparation of 6-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00406
  • 6-c was prepared analogously to 2-b from 6-b.
    • d) Preparation of 6-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00407
  • 6-d was prepared analogously to 1-d from 1-l and 6-c.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=619
    • Example 6.2
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00408
  • Example 6.2 was prepared analogously to Example 6, except that pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylic acid was used instead of 3,5-pyridinedicarboxylic acid.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=619
    • Example 6.3
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00409
    • a) Preparation of 6.3-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00410
  • 30.0 g (133.2 mmol) monomethyl 5-nitro-isophthalate were dissolved in 200 ml of methanol and combined with 3.0 g Pd/C (5%). The mixture was hydrogenated for 2.5 hours in a Parr apparatus at ambient temperature under a hydrogen pressure of 50 psi. Then the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was evaporated down i. vac. Yield 18.4 g (71%) 6.3-a.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=2.88 min
    • b) Preparation of 6.3-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00411
  • 14.0 g (62.7 mmol) copper-(II)-bromide and 12.0 ml (102.6 mmol) n-butylnitrite in 300 ml acetonitrile were combined with 10.0 g (51.2 mmol) 6.3-a, suspended in 300 ml acetonitrile, while cooling with an ice bath. The reaction solution was stirred for 1.5 hours at 30° C., then evaporated to dryness i. vac. Then the residue was combined with dichloromethane and washed with 3N HCl and water. The organic phase was dried and evaporated to dryness using the rotary evaporator. The residue was combined with diethyl ether and the precipitate was filtered off.
  • Yield 4.5 g (34%) 6.3-b.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=257/259 (bromine isotopes)
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.87 min
    • c) Preparation of 6.3-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00412
  • 6.3-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 6.3-b and (R)-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethylamine.
    • d) Preparation of 6.3-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00413
  • 6.3-d was prepared analogously to 2-b from 6.3-c.
    • e) Preparation of 6.3-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00414
  • 6.3-e was prepared analogously to Example 1-d from 1-l and 6.3-d.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=696/698 (bromine isotopes)
  • Analogously to 6.3-e the following compounds were prepared from corresponding educts:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00415
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=826/828 (Br)
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.84 min
    • Example 6.4
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00416
    • a) Preparation of 6.4-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00417
  • 6.4-a was prepared analogously to 1-d from 2,4,5,6-tetrafluoro-isophthalic acid and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=342
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.53 min
    • b) Preparation of 6.4-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00418
  • 6.4-b was prepared analogously to 1-d from 1-l and 6.4-a.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=672
    • Example 7
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00419
    • a) Preparation of 7-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00420
  • 0.5 g (2.4 mmol) dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate were refluxed in 10.0 ml (127 mmol) acetyl chloride for 2 hours. The reaction solution was evaporated to dryness i. vac. and combined with water. The precipitate was filtered off and dried.
  • Yield 0.6 g (100%) white crystals 7-a.
    • b) Preparation of 7-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00421
  • 7-b was prepared analogously to 1-e from 7-a.
    • c) Preparation of 7-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00422
  • 7-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 7-b and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine
    • d) Preparation of 7-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00423
  • 7-d was prepared analogously to 2-b from 7-c.
    • e) Preparation of 7-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00424
  • 7-e was prepared analogously to 1-d from 1-l and 7-d.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=657
  • Analogously to Example 7 the following compounds were prepared from dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate and the corresponding amount of acid chlorides:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00425
    Mass
    Example R spectrum
    7.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00426
         		719 [M + H]+
    7.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00427
         		733 [M + H]+
  • Analogously to Example 7 the following compounds were prepared from dimethyl 5-methylamino-isophthalate and the corresponding educts:
  • Exam- Mass
    ple spectrum
    7.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00428
         		672 [M + H]+
    7.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00429
         		630 [M + H]+
    7.6
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00430
         		880 [M + H]+
    7.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00431
         		794 [M + H]+
    7.8
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00432
         		709 [M + H]+
    7.9
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00433
         		822 [M + H]+
     7.10
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00434
         		881 [M + H]+
    • Example 8
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00435
    • a) Preparation of 8-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00436
  • 300 mg (1.0 mmol) 1-a and 255 mg (2.1 mmol) phenylboric acid in 10 ml dichloromethane were combined with 220 mg (1.2 mmol) copper-(II)-acetate, 290 μl (2.1 mmol) triethylamine and 150 mg molecular sieve 4 Å. The reaction solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature and filtered through silica gel. The filtrate was washed first with 2N HCl and then with sat. NaHCO3 solution. The organic phases were separated through phase separation cartridges and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by HPLC. Yield 60 mg (16%) 8-a.
  • ES-MS (M+NH4)+=381
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.84 min
    • b) Preparation of 8-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00437
  • 8-b was prepared analogously to 1-c from 8-a.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.67 min
    • c) Preparation of 8-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00438
  • 8-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 8-b and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=5.03 min
    • d) Preparation of 8-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00439
  • 8-d was prepared analogously to 2-b from 8-c.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.57 min
    • e) Preparation of 8-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00440
  • 8-e was prepared analogously to 1-d from 8-d and 1-l.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=769
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.73 min
    • Example 8.2
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00441
  • Example 8.2 was prepared analogously to Example 8, except that 4-fluorophenylboric acid was used instead of phenylboric acid.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=787
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.87 min
    • Example 8.3
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00442
  • Example 8.3 was prepared analogously to Example 8.2 using the corresponding educts.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=859
    • Example 9
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00443
    • b) Preparation of 9-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00444
  • 2.5 g (18.6 mmol) copper-(II)-chloride and 3.6 ml (30.8 mmol) n-butylnitrite were dissolved in 50 ml acetonitrile. While cooling with the ice bath a suspension of 3.0 g (15.4 mmol) 6.3-a in 150 ml acetonitrile was slowly metered in and the reaction solution was stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature. After the reaction had ended the mixture was evaporated down i. vac., the residue was combined with dichloromethane and washed with 3N HCl and water. The organic phase was evaporated to dryness using the rotary evaporator, the residue was combined with diethyl ether, the precipitate was filtered off and dried. Yield 1.6 g (47%) beige crystals 9-a.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=215
    • c) Preparation of 9-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00445
  • 9-b was prepared analogously to 1-d from 9-a and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=5.17 min
    • d) Preparation of 9-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00446
  • 9-c was prepared analogously to 2-b from 9-b.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.62 min
    • e) Preparation of 9-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00447
  • 9-d was prepared analogously to 1-d from 9-c and 1-l.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=634/636 (chlorine isotopes)
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.71 min
    • Example 9.2
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00448
    • a) Preparation of 9.2-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00449
  • 9.2-a was prepared analogously to 1-d from 9-a and (R)-1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-ethylamine.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=5.16 min
    • b) Preparation of 9.2-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00450
  • 9.2-b was prepared analogously to 2-b from 9.2-a.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.61 min
    • c) Preparation of 9.2-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00451
  • 9.2-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 9.2-b and 1-l.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=652/654 (chlorine isotopes)
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.71 min
  • Analogously to Example 9.2 the following compounds were prepared from 9-a and the corresponding amount of amines:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00452
    Retention
    Mass time
    Example R spectrum (method)
    9.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00453
         		668/670 (chlorine isotopes) [M + H]+ 4.91 min (HPLC 1)
    9.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00454
         		634 [M + H]+ 4.68 min (HPLC 1)
    9.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00455
         		640/642 (chlorine isotopes) [M + H]+ 4.63 min (HPLC 1)
    • Example 9.6
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00456
    • a) Preparation of 9.6-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00457
  • 9.6-a was prepared analogously to 1-d from 9-a and 1-l.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.44 min
    • b) Preparation of 9.6-h:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00458
  • 9.6-b was prepared analogously to 2-b from 9.6-a.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=531/533 (chlorine isotopes)
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.14 min
    • c) Preparation of 9.6-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00459
  • 9.6-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 9.6-b and (R)-1-phenyl-propylamine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=648/650 (chlorine isotopes)
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.84 min
  • Analogously to 9.6-c the following compounds were prepared from 9.6-b and the corresponding amount of amines:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00460
    Retention
    Mass time
    Example R spectrum (method)
    9.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00461
         		635/637 (chlorine isotopes) [M + H]+ 3.81 min (HPLC 1)
    9.8
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00462
         		664/666 (chlorine isotopes) [M + H]+ 4.63 min (HPLC 1)
    9.9
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00463
         		662/664 (chlorine isotopes) [M + H]+ 4.93 min (HPLC 1)
     9.10
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00464
         		664 [M + H]+ 4.79 min (HPLC 1)
    • Example 10
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00465
    • a) Preparation of 10-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00466
  • 1.8 g (8.4 mmol) dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate were dissolved in 15 ml THF and combined with 1.0 g (8.4 mmol) 1-chloro-3-isocyanate-propane and refluxed overnight with stirring. Then the reaction solution was evaporated down i. vac. Yield 2.7 g (69%) white crystals 10-a.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.49 min
    • b) Preparation of 10-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00467
  • 2.7 g (5.8 mmol) 10-a were dissolved in 25 ml DMF, combined with 1.3 g (11.6 mmol) potassium tert-butoxide and stirred overnight at 60° C. Then the reaction solution was combined with water and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness i. vac. The residue was purified by MPLC with the eluant (ethyl acetate/heptane 7:3 up to pure methanol). Yield 870 mg (52%) 10-b as white crystals.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=293/294
  • RT(HPLC 1)=3.91 min
    • c) Preparation of 10-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00468
  • 10-c was prepared analogously to 1-c from 10-b.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=3.44 min
    • d) Preparation of 10-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00469
  • 10-d was prepared analogously to 1-d from 10-c and 1-l.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=3.96 min
    • e) Preparation of 10-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00470
  • 10-e was prepared analogously to 2-b from 10-d.
  • ES(−)-MS (M−H)−=593
  • RT(HPLC 1)=3.74 min
    • f) Preparation of 10-f:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00471
  • 10-f was prepared analogously to 1-d from 10-e and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=698
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.27 min
  • Analogously to 10-f the following compounds were prepared from 10-e and the corresponding amount of amines:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00472
    Retention
    Mass time
    Example R spectrum (method)
    10.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00473
         		732/734 (chlorine isotopes) [M + H]+ 4.50 min (HPLC 1)
    10.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00474
         		728 [M + H]+ 4.31 min (HPLC 1)
    • Example 11
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00475
    • a) Preparation of 11-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00476
  • 1.3 ml (15.4 mmol) sulphuryl chloride were metered into a solution of 1.0 g (7.7 mmol) 3-chloro-propylamine-hydrochloride in 10 ml acetonitrile while cooling with an ice bath and stirred overnight at 85° C. Then the reaction solution was evaporated down i. vac. Quantitative yield of 11-a.
    • b) Preparation of 11-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00477
  • 1.0 g (4.8 mmol) dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate were suspended in 10 ml of pyridine and slowly combined with 1.5 g (7.8 mmol) 11-a and stirred overnight at ambient temperature. Then the reaction solution was combined with dichloromethane and washed with 1N HCl and water, the organic phase was separated using a phase separation cartridge and evaporated down i. vac.
  • Yield 1.1 g (41%) brown crystals 11-a.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.51 min
    • c) Preparation of 11-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00478
  • 11-c was prepared analogously to 10-b from 11-b.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=329
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.29 min
    • d) Preparation of 11-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00479
  • 11-d was prepared analogously to 1-c from 11-c.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=3.79 min
    • e) Preparation of 11-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00480
  • 11-e was prepared analogously to 1-d from 11-d and 1-l.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.16 min
    • f) Preparation of 11-f:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00481
  • 11-f was prepared analogously to 2-b from 11-e.
  • ES(−)-MS (M−H)−=629
  • RT(HPLC 1)=3.86 min
    • g) Preparation of 11-g:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00482
  • 11-g was prepared analogously to 1-d from 11-f and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=734
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.46 min
  • Analogously to 11-g the following compounds were prepared from 11-f and the corresponding amount of amines:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00483
    Retention
    Mass time
    Example R spectrum (method)
    11.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00484
         		768/770 (chlorine isotopes) [M + H]+ 4.64 min (HPLC 1)
    11.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00485
         		764 [M + H]+ 4.39 min (HPLC 1)
    11.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00486
         		753 [M + H]+ 4.59 min (HPLC 1)
    11.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00487
         		749 [M + H]+ 2.79 min (HPLC- MS)
    11.6
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00488
         		739 [M + H]+ 4.08 min (HPLC 1)
    11.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00489
         		714 [M + H]+ 3.99 min (HPLC 1)
    11.8
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00490
         		815 [M + H]+ 4.80 min (HPLC 1)
    11.9
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00491
         		735 [M + H]+ 2.26 min (HPLC- MS)
  • Analogously to 11-9 the following compounds were prepared from corresponding educts:
  • Retention
    Exam- Mass time
    ple spectrum (method)
    11.10
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00492
         		739 [M + H]+ 4.54 min (HPLC 1)
    11.11
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00493
         		735 [M + H]+ 2.71 min (HPLC- MS)
    11.12
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00494
         		725 [M + H]+ 3.95 min (HPLC 1)
    11.13
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00495
         		714 [M + H]+ 3.99 min (HPLC 1)
    11.14
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00496
         		736 [M + H]+ 2.38 min (HPLC- MS)
    11.15
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00497
         		816 [M + H]+ 2.52 min (HPLC- MS)
    11.16
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00498
         		742 [M + H]+ 4.26 min (HPLC 1)
    11.17
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00499
         		821 [M + H]+ 4.51 min (HPLC 1)
    11.18
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00500
         		743 [M + H]+ 1.99 min (HPLC- MS)
    • Example 12
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00501
    • a) Preparation of 12-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00502
  • 15.0 g (70.3 mmol) dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate were dissolved in 150 ml of pyridine and slowly combined with 12.0 ml (111.7 mmol) N,N-dimethylamidosulphonic acid chloride and stirred overnight at 90° C. Then the reaction solution was combined at ambient temperature with 200 ml 4N HCl and the precipitate was filtered off. The crystals were combined with diethyl ether, filtered off again and dried at 40° C. in the vacuum drying cupboard. Yield 17.9 g (64%) beige crystals 12-a.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.14 min
    • b) Preparation of 12-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00503
  • First 17.9 g (56.6 mmol) 12-a in 250 ml DMF and then 9.3 ml (124.5 mmol) methyl iodide were added to a solution of 5.0 g (125.1 mmol) sodium hydride (60% in mineral oil) in 250 ml DMF while cooling with dry ice. The reaction solution was stirred for 3 h at ambient temperature, combined with 500 ml of water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to dryness using the rotary evaporator. The residue was combined with diethyl ether, the precipitate was filtered off and dried.
  • Yield 12.5 g (57%) brown crystals 12-b.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.67 min
    • c) Preparation of 12-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00504
  • 12-c was prepared analogously to 1-c from 12-b.
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.58 min
    • d) Preparation of 12-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00505
  • 12-d was prepared analogously to 1-d from 12-c and 1-l.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.37 min
    • e) Preparation of 12-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00506
  • 12-e was prepared analogously to 2-b from 12-d.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=633
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.50 min
    • f) Preparation of 12-f:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00507
  • 12-f was prepared analogously to 1-d from 12-e and (R)-1-(3-chloro-phenyl)-ethylamine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=770/772 (chlorine isotopes)
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.77 min
  • Analogously to 12-f the following compounds were prepared from 12-e and the corresponding amount of amines:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00508
    Retention
    Mass time
    Example R spectrum (method)
    12.2 
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00509
         		754 [M + H]+ 4.67 min (HPLC 1)
    12.3 
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00510
         		766 [M + H]+ 4.58 min (HPLC 1)
    12.4 
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00511
         		750 [M + H]+ 4.68 min (HPLC 1)
    12.5 
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00512
         		750 [M + H]+ 4.66 min (HPLC 1)
    12.6 
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00513
         		737 [M + H]+ 3.83 min (HPLC 1)
    12.7 
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00514
         		737 [M + H]+ 3.89 min (HPLC 1)
    12.8 
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00515
         		742 [M + H]+ 4.55 min (HPLC 1)
  • Analogously to 12-f the following compounds were prepared from corresponding educts:
  • Mass Retention
    Exam- spectrum time
    ple structure [M + H]+ [method]
    12.9
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00516
         		776/778 (Cl) 4.88 min [HPLC-1]
    12.10
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00517
         		771/773 (Cl) 4.29 min [HPLC-1]
    12.11
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00518
         		771/773 (Cl) 4.22 min [HPLC-1]
    12.12
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00519
         		742 4.67 min [HPLC-1]
    12.13
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00520
         		737 4.11 min [HPLC-1]
    12.14
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00521
         		737 4.03 min [HPLC-1]
    12.15
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00522
         		684 2.70 min [MPLC- MS]
    12.16
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00523
         		726 2.73 min [MPLC- MS]
    12.17
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00524
         		742 2.81 min [MPLC- MS]
    12.18
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00525
         		820/822 (Br)
    12.19
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00526
         		854/856/ 858 (Br/Cl) 5.07 min [HPLC-1]
    12.20
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00527
         		793 2.82 min [HPLC- MS]
    • Example 13
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00528
    • a) Preparation of 13-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00529
  • 8.4 ml (96.4 mmol) morpholine in 12 ml acetonitrile were metered into a solution of 4.0 ml (49.3 mmol) sulphuryl chloride in 12 ml acetonitrile while cooling with an ice bath and the mixture was stirred overnight at 85° C. Then the reaction solution was evaporated down i. vac., the residue was combined with diethyl ether, the precipitate was filtered off and the filtrate was distilled under a pressure of 1 mbar and a head temperature of 95-98° C. Yield 3.7 g (40%) colourless oil 13-a.
    • b) Preparation of 13-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00530
  • 2.5 g (11.7 mmol) dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate were suspended in 40 ml of pyridine, slowly combined with 3.3 g (17.8 mmol) 13-a and stirred overnight at 90° C. Then the reaction solution was combined with 50 ml 4N HCl while cooling with an ice bath and the precipitate was filtered off. The crystals were dissolved in dichloromethane, filtered through a phase separation cartridge and the filtrate was evaporated down i. vac. Yield 2.7 g (64%) brown crystals 13-b.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.30 min
    • c) Preparation of 13-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00531
  • 13-c was prepared analogously to 1-b from 13-b.
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.90 min
    • d) Preparation of 13-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00532
  • 13-d was prepared analogously to 1-c from 13-c.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.01 min
    • e) Preparation of 13-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00533
  • 13-e was prepared analogously to 1-d from 13-d and 1-l.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.30 min
    • f) Preparation of 13-f:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00534
  • 13-f was prepared analogously to 2-b from 13-e.
  • ES(−)-MS (M−H)−=675
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.05 min
    • f) Preparation of 13-g:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00535
  • 13-g was prepared analogously to 1-d from 13-f and (R)-1-(3-chloro-phenyl)-ethylamine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=812/814 (chlorine isotopes)
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.94 min
  • Analogously to 13-g the following compounds were prepared from 13-f and the corresponding amount of amines:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00536
    Retention
    Mass time
    Example R spectrum (method)
    13.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00537
         		796 [M + H]+ 2.84 min (HPLC- MS)
    13.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00538
         		808 [M + H]+ 2.81 min (HPLC- MS)
    13.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00539
         		792 [M + H]+ 2.88 min (HPLC- MS)
    13.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00540
         		792 [M + H]+ 2.90 min (HPLC- MS)
    13.6
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00541
         		779 (chlorine isotopes) [M + H]+ 2.40 min (HPLC- MS)
    13.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00542
         		779 [M + H]+ 2.33 min (HPLC- MS)
    13.8
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00543
         		784 [M + H]+ 2.81 min (HPLC- MS)
    • Example 14
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00544
    • a) Preparation of 14-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00545
  • 25.1 ml (120.0 mmol) 4-chlorobutyl acetate and 15.9 g (120 mmol) sodium sulphite were combined in 40 ml of water, then refluxed for 20 hours with stirring. Then the reaction solution was evaporated to dryness i. vac., the residue was combined with 30 ml (conc.) hydrochloric acid and refluxed for a further 2 hours with stirring. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, filtered to remove the insoluble matter, the filtrate was neutralised with 4N NaOH and evaporated to dryness using the rotary evaporator. Quantitative yield of 14-a.
  • ES(−)-MS (M−H)−=153
    • b) Preparation of 14-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00546
  • 6.0 g (66%, 22.5 mmol) 14-a were added batchwise to 6 ml phosphorus oxychloride while cooling with an ice bath. Then 9.3 g (45.0 mmol) phosphorus pentachloride was also added batchwise and the mixture was stirred for 24 hours at reflux temperature. It was evaporated to dryness i. vac., the residue was combined with diethyl ether and filtered to remove the insoluble matter. The filtrate was distilled off under 1 mbar pressure at a bottom temperature of 130-170° C.
  • Yield 2.4 g (31%) 14-b (purity approx. 54%).
    • c) Preparation of 14-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00547
  • 14-c was prepared analogously to 11-b from 14-a and dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate.
  • ES(−)-MS (M−H)−=362/364 (chlorine isotopes)
    • d) Preparation of 14-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00548
  • 14-d was prepared analogously to 10-b from 14-c.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=328
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.86 min
    • e) Preparation of 14-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00549
  • 14-e was prepared analogously to 1-c from 14-d.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=314
    • f) Preparation of 14-f:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00550
  • 14-f was prepared analogously to 1-d from 14-e and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=417
    • g) Preparation of 14-g:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00551
  • 14-g was prepared analogously to 1-c from 14-f.
  • ES(−)-MS (M−H)−=401
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.76 min
    • h) Preparation of 14-h:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00552
  • 14-h was prepared analogously to 1-d from 14-g and 1-l.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=733
    • Example 14.2
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00553
  • Example 14.2 was prepared analogously to Example 14, except that (R)-1-(3-chloro-phenyl)-ethylamine was used instead of (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • ES-MS (M+NH4)+=468/470
    • Example 15
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00554
    • a) Preparation of 15-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00555
  • 15-a was prepared analogously to 1-d from 1-c and C-thiazol-2-yl-methylamine-hydrochloride.
    • b) Preparation of 15-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00556
  • 15-b was prepared analogously to 2-b from 15-a.
    • c) Preparation of 15-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00557
  • 15-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 15-b and 1-l.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=700
  • Analogously to Example 15 the following compounds were prepared from 1-c and the corresponding amount of amines:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00558
    Mass
    Example R spectrum
    15.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00559
         		737 [M + H]+
    15.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00560
         		765 [M + H]+
    15.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00561
         		751 [M + H]+
    15.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00562
         		808 [M + H]+
    15.6
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00563
         		808 [M + H]+
    15.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00564
         		794 [M + H]+
    • Example 16
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00565
    • a) Preparation of 16-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00566
  • 16-a was prepared analogously to 1-a from dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate and ethanesulphonyl chloride.
  • ES(−)-MS (M−H)−=300
    • c) Preparation of 16-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00567
  • 16-b was prepared analogously to 1-b from 16-a and methyl iodide.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=316
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.56 min
    • c) Preparation of 16-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00568
  • 16-c was prepared analogously to 1-c from 16-b.
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.50 min
    • d) Preparation of 16-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00569
  • 16-d was prepared analogously to 1-d from 16-c and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.79 min
    • e) Preparation of 16-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00570
  • 16-e was prepared analogously to 2-b from 16-d.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=391
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.33 min
    • f) Preparation of 16-f:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00571
  • 16-f was prepared analogously to 1-d from 16-e and (S)-2-[(S)-2-((S)-2-amino-3-thiazol-4-yl-propylamino)-propionylamino]-N-ethyl-3-methyl-butyramide.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=728
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.22 min
    • Example 16.2
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00572
  • Example 16.2 was prepared analogously to Example 16, except that benzenesulphonyl chloride was used instead of ethanesulphonyl chloride.
  • ES(−)-MS (M−H)−=776
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.52 min
  • Analogously to 16-2 the following compounds were prepared from corresponding educts:
  • Mass Retention time
    Example spectrum (method)
    16.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00573
         		763 [M + H]+
    16.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00574
         		795 [M + H]+
    16.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00575
         		770 [M + H]+
    16.6
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00576
         		870 [M + H]+ 2.90 min (HPLC-MS)
    16.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00577
         		792 [M + H]+ 2.32 min (HPLC-MS)
    16.8
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00578
         		871 [M + H]+ 4.11 min (HPLC 1)
    16.9
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00579
         		948 [M + H]+ 5.06 min (HPLC 1)
    • Example 17
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00580
    • a) Preparation of 17-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00581
  • A solution of 400 mg (1.9 mmol) dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate in 5 ml THF was combined with 680 μl (3.8 mmol) DIPEA and 164 mg (2.9 mmol) methyl isocyanate. The reaction solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature and evaporated to dryness i. vac. The residue was combined with water and dichloromethane, the phases were separated through a phase separation cartridge and the organic phase was evaporated to dryness i. vac. The residue was purified by MPLC with the eluant (ethyl acetate/hexane 4:6 to ethyl acetate/hexane 1:0). Yield 310 mg (61%) white crystals 17-a.
    • b) Preparation of 17-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00582
  • 17-b was prepared analogously to 1-e from 17-a.
    • c) Preparation of 17-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00583
  • 17-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 17-b and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
    • d) Preparation of 17-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00584
  • 17-d was prepared analogously to 1-e from 17-c.
    • e) Preparation of 17-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00585
  • 17-e was prepared analogously to 1-d from 17-d and 1-l.
  • ES-MS (M−H)+=672
  • Analogously to Example 17 the following compounds were prepared from dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate and the corresponding amount of isocyanates:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00586
    Mass
    Example R spectrum
    17.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00587
         		734 [M + H]+
    17.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00588
         		748 [M + H]+
    • Example 18
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00589
    • a) Preparation of 18-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00590
  • 24.8 ml (49.5 mmol) ethylamine, 8.6 ml (50.0 mmol) DIPEA were metered at 5° C. into a solution of 10.0 g (49.2 mmol) (S)-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-butyric acid in 100 ml THF and then 16.1 g (50.0 mmol) TBTU and 6.8 g (50.0 mmol) HOBT were added batchwise. The reaction solution was stirred overnight at ambient temperature, evaporated to dryness i. vac., combined with ethyl acetate and washed with NaHCO3 solution and NaCl solution. The organic phase was dried and evaporated to dryness i. vac. Quantitative yield of 18-a.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=118
  • RT(HPLC 1)=2.8 min
    • b) Preparation of 18-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00591
  • 18-b was prepared analogously to 1-i from 18-a.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=131
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.38 min
    • c) Preparation of 18-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00592
  • 18-c was prepared analogously to 1-d from 18-b and Boc-L-alanine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=302
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.34 min
    • d) Preparation of 18-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00593
  • 18-d was prepared analogously to 1-i from 18-c.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=202
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.33 min
    • e) Preparation of 18-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00594
  • 18-e was prepared analogously to 1-k from 18-d and tert-butyl ((S)-1-benzyl-2-oxo-ethyl)-carbamate.
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.48 min
    • f) Preparation of 18-f:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00595
  • 18-f was prepared analogously to 1-g from 18-e.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=335
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=1.93 min
    • g) Preparation of 18-g:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00596
  • 18-g was prepared analogously to 1-d from 18-f and 1-e.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=693
  • RT(HPLC 4)=19.6 min
    • Example 18.1
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00597
  • Example 18.1 was prepared analogously to Example 18 from 18-f and (R)—N-[1-(4-fluorophenyl)-ethyl]-5-(methanesulphonylmethylamino)-isophthalic acid, which was obtained analogously to 1-e using (R)-1-(4-fluorophenyl)-ethylamine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=710
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.48 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.79 min
    • Example 18.2
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00598
  • Example 18.2 was prepared analogously to Example 18 from 18-f and (R)—N-[1-(3-chlorophenyl)-ethyl]-5-(methanesulphonylmethylamino)-isophthalic acid, which was obtained analogously to 1-e using (R)-1-(3-chlorophenyl)-ethylamine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=727
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.86 min
    • Example 18.3
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00599
  • Example 18.3 was prepared analogously to Example 18 from the amine component, which was obtained using 18-d as well as tert-butyl (S)-(2-oxo-1-thiophen-3-ylmethyl-ethyl)-carbamate, and (R)—N-[1-(3-chlorophenyl)-ethyl]-5-(methanesulphonylmethylamino)-isophthalic acid, which was obtained analogously to 1-e using (R)-1-(3-chlorophenyl)-ethylamine.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=733/735 (Cl)
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=3.20 min
    • Example 18.4
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00600
  • Example 18.4 was prepared analogously to Example 18.3 from the amine component, which was obtained using 18-d and tert-butyl (S)-(2-oxo-1-thiophen-3-ylmethyl-ethyl)-carbamate, as well as 1-e.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=699
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.44 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.90 min
    • Example 18.5
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00601
  • Example 18.5 was prepared analogously to Example 18 using 18-d, by using (S)-Boc-2-aminohexanal in step 18-e) instead of tert-butyl ((S)-1-benzyl-2-oxo-ethyl)-carbamate.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=659
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.27 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.65 min
    • Example 18.6
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00602
    • a) Preparation of 18.6-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00603
  • 10 g (44.0 mmol) monomethyl 5-nitro-isophthalate were suspended in 100 ml dichloromethane, combined with 14.1 g (44.0 mmol) TBTU and 15 ml (88.0 mmol) DIPEA while cooling with ice and stirred for 30 min at ambient temperature. Then 5.6 ml (44.0 mmol) R-(+)-1-phenylethylamine were added and the mixture was stirred for 14 h. It was washed with water, potassium hydrogen carbonate solution, the organic phase was dried and evaporated down. 14.1 g of 18.6-a was obtained which was used in the next step without any purification.
  • ES(−)-MS (M−H)−=327
    • b) Preparation of 18.6-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00604
  • 14.1 g (43.0 mmol) 18.6-a were hydrogenated at 50 psi and ambient temperature on palladium charcoal (5%) for 5 h. The catalyst was separated off and the crude product was purified by flash chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol 100:1). 6.86 g of 18.6-b was obtained by trituration with diethyl ether and tert-butylmethylether.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=299
    • c) Preparation of 18.6-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00605
  • 500 mg (1.68 mmol) 18.6-b were dissolved in 14 ml acetonitrile, combined with 2.36 g potassium carbonate and 2 mg dimethylaminopyridine and stirred for 3 min at ambient temperature. Then 0.25 ml (1.84 mmol) 5-bromovaleryl chloride dissolved in 3 ml acetonitrile was added dropwise while being cooled and the mixture was stirred for 4 h at ambient temperature. The solids were separated off, the solution was evaporated down, and the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed with water, dried and evaporated down. 496 mg of colourless 18.6-c was obtained which was used in the next step without any further purification.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=381
    • d) Preparation of 18.6-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00606
  • 496 mg (1.30 mmol) of 18.6-c dissolved in 10 ml of methanol were combined with 5 ml of 4 N sodium hydroxide solution and stirred for 14 h at ambient temperature. The mixture was combined with 5 ml hydrochloric acid. It was stirred out with dichloromethane and ethyl acetate, dried and after evaporation 150 mg of 18.6-d was obtained as a solid, which was used in the next step without any further purification.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=367
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.70 min
    • e) Preparation of 18.6:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00607
  • 54.2 mg (0.148 mmol) 18.6-d were dissolved in 5 ml THF and combined with 52 mg TBTU (0.163 mmol) and 77.3 μl (0.444 mmol) DIPEA. After 10 min, 61.4 mg (0.148 mmol) (S)-2-((S)-2-((S)-2-aminohexylamino)-propanamido)-N-ethylbutanamide was added, which was prepared as described in Example 18.5. The mixture was stirred for 14 h, evaporated down, the residue was purified by RP-HPLC and in this way 5 mg of 18.6 was obtained as a TFA salt.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=649
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.32 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.62 min
    • Example 18.7
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00608
  • Example 18.7 was prepared analogously to Example 18 using 18-d, by using (S)-Boc-2-aminohexanal in step 18-e) instead of tert-butyl ((S)-1-benzyl-2-oxo-ethyl)-carbamate.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=659
  • RT(HPLC 1)=4.27 min
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=2.65 min
    • Example 18.8
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00609
  • Example 18.8 was prepared analogously to Example 18, by using cyclopropylmethylamine in step 18-a) instead of ethylamine. The product was purified by RP-HPLC.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=719
  • RT(HPLC-MS)=3.00 min
    • Example 18.9
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00610
    • a) Preparation of 18.9-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00611
  • 18.9-a was obtained analogously to 18.6-d as a white solid, by using 4-bromobutyric acid chloride instead of 5-bromovaleryl chloride analogously to step 18.6-c. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (dichloromethane/methanol/acetic acid 95:5:0.1).
  • ES-MS (M+NH4)+=370
  • RT(HPLC-1)=4.19 min
    • b) Preparation of 18.9
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00612
  • 18.9 was prepared analogously to Example 18.6, by using 18.9-a in step 18.6-e) instead of 18.d. The product was purified by RP-HPLC. 17 mg (16%) were obtained as a white solid.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=297
  • RT(HPLC-1)=4.58 min
    • Example 19.4
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00613
  • Example 19.4 was synthesised by standard solid phase peptide synthesis on a 3-(formylindolyl)acetamidomethylpolystyrene resin (100 mg, 0.1 mmol; load 1 mmol/g) (Novabiochem).
  • For the first reductive alkylation the resin was suspended in DMF/TMOF (2:1, 2 ml) and reacted with a solution of 4-chlorobenzylamine (10 equiv.) in DMF/TMOF (2:1, 2 ml) and Na(OAc)3BH (10 Equiv.) in DMF (1M solution, 1 ml) overnight at ambient temperature. Then the resin was carefully washed with DMF and MeOH.
  • Fmoc cleavings were carried out by reacting the resin twice (2 minutes and 20 minutes) with 30% piperidine/DMF solution. Then the resin was carefully washed with DMF. The coupling of the first amino acid was carried out overnight with HATU (5 equiv.), HOBt (5 equiv.), Dipea (15 equiv.) and Fmoc-valine (5 equiv.) in DMF as solvent. The coupling of the second Fmoc-amino acid was carried out with TBTU (5 equiv.), HOBt (5 equiv.), Dipea (15 equiv.) and Fmoc-alanine (5 equiv.) in DMF.
  • After the coupling of the first two amino acids and the cleaving of the Fmoc group reductive alkylation of the amino group was carried out with a solution of freshly prepared Fmoc-phenylalaninal (3.5 equiv.) and NaCNBH3 (10.5 equiv.) in DMF/HOAc (99:1 ml) for 2.25 hours. The resin was then carefully washed with DMF/HOAc (99:1), DMF, 5% Dipea in DMF and DMF. It was then reacted for 16 hours with Boc2O (10 equiv.) and Dipea (10 equiv.) in DMF.
  • After a repeat cleaving of the Fmoc group and thorough washing with DMF the resin was reacted with a solution of the corresponding acid (prepared analogously to 1-e from 1-c and (R)-1-(3-chlorophenyl)-ethylamine) (3 equiv.), TBTU (3 equiv.) and Dipea (9 equiv.) in DMF.
  • In order to cleave the product from the resin and also cleave any protective groups the resin was washed with DMF and dichloromethane and dried and then mixed with TFA/water (95:5, 2 ml) for 1 hour at ambient temperature. The solution was filtered off and the resin was washed twice more with dichloromethane (1 ml). The combined filtrates were evaporated down in vacuo and the product was purified by preparative reversed phase HPLC.
  • The following Examples were obtained analogously to Example 19.4:
  • Reten-
    tion
    Mass time
    spec- method
    Exam- trum HPLC
    ple structure [M + H]+ 5
    19
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00614
         		860.4 RT = 3.67 min
    19.1
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00615
         		811.4 RT = 3.63 min
    19.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00616
         		817.4 RT = 3.97 min
    19.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00617
         		713.3 RT = 3.62 min
    19.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00618
         		837.4 RT = 3.99 min
    19.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00619
         		833.4 RT = 4.33 min
    19.6
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00620
         		811.4 RT = 3.70 min
    19.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00621
         		828.4 RT = 3.86 min
    19.8
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00622
         		833.0 RT = 3.90 min
    19.9
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00623
         		882.4 RT = 3.70 min
    19.10
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00624
         		767.4 RT = 3.81 min
    19.11
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00625
         		753.4 RT = 3.73 min
    19.12
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00626
         		818.4 RT = 3.44 min
    19.13
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00627
         		444.0 [1/2M + 1] RT = 3.49 min
    19.14
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00628
         		889.5 RT = 3.73 min
    • Example 20
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00629
    • a) Preparation of 20-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00630
  • Compound 4-b (6.0 g; 14.6 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (60 ml) and combined with TBTU (4.67 g; 14.6 mmol), HOBt (2.23 g; 14.6 mmol) and Dipea (7.5 ml; 43.6 mmol). After 5 minutes stirring S-phenylalaninol (2.0 g; 13.2 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight at RT. Then the solvent was eliminated i. vac. and the remainder was taken up in ethyl acetate (200 ml). The org. phase was extracted twice each with water, 0.5 M HCl, water, sat. sodium carbonate solution, water and sat. NaCl solution and dried over sodium sulphate. The org. phase was filtered through silica gel and distilled off i. vac. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether.
  • Yield 6.2 g (86% white crystals)
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=544.6
    • b) Preparation of 20-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00631
  • The alcohol 20-a (6.2 g; 11.3 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane and combined with Dess-Martin periodinane (10.1 g; 23.8 mmol) in two batches, with stirring. Then water (0.43 ml; 23.8 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for a further two hours. It was combined with a solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (11.6 g; 138 mmol) and sodium thiosulphate-5-hydrate (14.1 g; 56.7 mmol) dissolved in water (200 ml) and stirred overnight. Then the insoluble residue was filtered off and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was washed with sat. sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water, dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated down i. vac. The residue was taken up in acetonitrile and freeze-dried.
  • Yield 5.4 g
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=542.5
    • c) Preparation of 20-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00632
  • (S)-alanine-tert.-butylester hydrochloride (1.44 g; 8 mmol) was dissolved in dimethylacetamide (20 ml) and combined with glacial acetic acid (0.62 ml; 10.3 mmol) and aldehyde 20-b (5.6 g; 10.3 mmol), dissolved in dimethylacetamide (10 ml). Then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (10.1 g; 47.7 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The mixture was evaporated down i. vac., taken up in dichloromethane (200 ml), the organic phase was washed with sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water, dried with sodium sulphate and evaporated down i. vac. The purification was carried out by chromatography on basic Alox (eluant ethyl acetate/petroleum ether 1:1). The combined product fractions were evaporated down i. vac. and combined with ethereal hydrochloric acid. After 2 hours' stirring the crystals were filtered off and washed with diethyl ether.
  • Yield 4.2 g (72%)
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=615.6
    • d) Preparation of Compound 20-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00633
  • Aminopyrazine (190 mg; 2.0 mmol) was combined with a solution of Boc-L-valine (434.5 mg; 2.0 mmol), HATU (380.2 mg; 2.0 mmol) and Dipea (685 μl; 4.0 mmol) in DMF (4 ml) and shaken overnight at ambient temperature. The mixture was evaporated down i. vac. and purified by reversed phase HPLC.
  • Yield 87 mg (15%)
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=294.4
    • e) Preparation of Compound 20-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00634
  • The Boc compound 20-d (37.8 mg; 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in trifluoroacetic acid/water 95:5 (3 ml) and shaken for 2 hours at ambient temperature. Then the solvent was eliminated i. vac. and co-distilled with toluene. The crude product was further reacted directly without purification.
    • f) Preparation of Compound 20
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00635
  • The amine compound 20-e (0.1 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (1 ml) and combined with a solution of compound 20-c (61.5 mg; 0.1 mmol), TBTU (32.1 mg; 0.1 mmol), HOBt×H2O (15.3 mg; 0.1 mmol) and Dipea (85.6 μl; 0.5 mmol) in DMF (1.0 ml). After the addition of Dipea (200 μl) the mixture was shaken for 72 hours at ambient temperature. It was evaporated down i. vac. and purified by preparative reversed phase HPLC.
  • Yield 13.5 mg (13.6%)
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=791.4
  • RT=3.76 min (HPLC 6)
  • Analogously to Example 20 the following compounds were prepared from 20-c and different amines 20-e, using different amine components in step 20-d:
  • Mass Reten-
    spec- tion
    Ex- trum time
    am- [M + method
    ple structure H]+ HPLC 6
    20.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00636
         		875.7 3.65 min
    20.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00637
         		755.7 3.82 min
    20.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00638
         		767.7 3.88 min
    20.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00639
         		769.7 3.95 min
    20.6
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00640
         		871.7 4.10 min
    20.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00641
         		869.8 3.53 min
    20.8
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00642
         		879.8 4.17 min
    20.9
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00643
         		846.8 3.67 min
    20.10
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00644
         		860.7 3.76 min
    20.11
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00645
         		875.8 3.75 min
    20.12
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00646
         		781.7 3.93 min
    20.13
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00647
         		831.7 4.06 min
    20.14
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00648
         		803.7 3.96 min
    20.15
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00649
         		795.8 4.00 min
    20.16
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00650
         		804.7 3.49 min
    20.17
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00651
         		789.7 3.98 min
    20.18
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00652
         		837.7 4.04 min
    20.19
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00653
         		809.8 4.08 min
    20.20
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00654
         		767.7 3.84 min
    20.21
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00655
         		769.8 3.93 min
    20.22
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00656
         		771.4 3.75 min
    20.23
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00657
         		817.7 4.03 min
    20.24
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00658
         		809.7 3.93 min
    20.25
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00659
         		797.7 3.79 min
    20.26
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00660
         		783.8 3.98 min
    20.27
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00661
         		769.7 3.92 min
    20.28
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00662
         		796.7 3.84 min
    20.29
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00663
         		804.7 3.51 min
    20.30
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00664
         		817.7 4.00 min
    20.31
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00665
         		783.8 3.97 min
    20.32
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00666
         		804.7 3.48 min
    20.33
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00667
         		741.7 3.78 min
    20.34
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00668
         		804.7 3.90 min
    20.35
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00669
         		751.7 3.80 min
    20.36
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00670
         		780.7 3.82 min
    20.37
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00671
         		817.7 4.00 min
    • Example 21
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00672
    • a) Preparation of 21-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00673
  • 50 g (153 mmol) dimethyl 5-iodo-isophthalate were dissolved in 300 ml THF under a nitrogen atmosphere. At −10° C., 7.14 g (168 mmol) lithium chloride and 168 ml isopropylmagnesium chloride (2.0 M in THF) were added. After 15 min the mixture was cooled to −60° C., 79.5 ml (765 mmol) trimethylborate was added and the mixture was slowly heated to 25° C. After 12 h, 70 ml aqueous HCl (2.0 M) were added. The suspension is evaporated down to ¼ of the volume. The precipitate was suction filtered and washed with water and cold dichloromethane. 34.0 g (93%) of 21-a were obtained as a colourless solid.
  • RT (HPLC-MS)=2.39 min
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=239.1
    • b) Preparation of 21-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00674
  • 3.00 g (15.5 mmol) 3-bromothiophene-2-carbonitrile were dissolved in 50 ml of toluene under a nitrogen atmosphere. 0.54 g (0.46 mmol) tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium(0), a solution of 5.53 g (23.2 mmol) 21-a in 25 ml of methanol and a solution of 1.80 g (17.0 mmol) sodium carbonate in 25 ml of water were added successively. After 8 h at 100° C. the mixture was cooled to 25° C., the precipitate formed was filtered off and washed with toluene, water and cold methanol. 4.00 g (86%) of 21-b were obtained as a colourless solid.
  • RT (HPLC-MS)=3.26 min
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=302.1
    • c) Preparation of 21-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00675
  • 21-c was prepared analogously to 1-c from 21-b.
  • RT (HPLC-MS)=2.82 min
    • d) Preparation of 21-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00676
  • 21-d was prepared analogously to 1-d from 21-c and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
  • RT (HPLC-MS)=3.35 min
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=391.1
    • e) Preparation of 21-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00677
  • 21-e was prepared analogously to 1-e from 21-d.
    • f) Preparation of 21-f:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00678
  • 21-f was prepared analogously to 1-d from 21-e and 1-l.
  • RT (HPLC-MS)=2.90 min
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=707.1
    • g) Preparation of 21-g:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00679
  • 5.29 g (16.5 mmol) dimethyl 5-iodo-isophthalate was dissolved in 80 ml DMF under a nitrogen atmosphere. 4.50 g (23.3 mmol) 2-[1,3,2]-dioxaborinan-2-yl-benzonitrile, 3.90 ml (28.0 mmol) triethylamine, 3.0 ml of water, 0.10 mg (0.45 mmol) palladium acetate as well as 0.13 g (0.43 mmol) tri-o-tolylphosphine were added successively. After 2.5 h at 100° C. the mixture was cooled to 25° C. The solvent was distilled off and the residue was purified by preparative MPLC (SiO2, gradient: cyclohexane to cyclohexane/ethyl acetate 5:95). 2.60 g (45%) 21-g was obtained as a colourless solid.
  • RT (HPLC-MS)=3.19 min
  • ES-MS (M-MeOH+H)+=264.1
    • h) Preparation of 21-h:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00680
  • 21-h was prepared analogously to 1-c from 21-g.
  • RT (HPLC-MS)=2.81 min
  • ES-MS (M−H2O+H)+=264.1
    • i) Preparation of 21-i:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00681
  • 21-i was prepared analogously to 1-d from 21-h and (R)-1-phenyl-ethylamine.
    • j) Preparation of 21-j:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00682
  • 21-j was prepared analogously to 1-e from 21-i.
  • Analogously to Example 21 the following compounds were prepared from 1-l and 21-j or from acids which had been obtained analogously to 21-e starting from corresponding arylhalides (step 21-b) and suitable amines (step 21-d):
  • Retention
    time
    Mass method
    spectrum HPLC-
    Example structure [M + H]+ MS
    21.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00683
         		719 2.70 min
    21.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00684
         		701.1 2.96 min
    21.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00685
         		701.2 2.94 min
    21.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00686
         		715.1 2.84 min
    21.6
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00687
         		779/781 (Br) 3.12 min
    21.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00688
         		715.1 3.01 min
    21.8
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00689
         		729.1 2.98 min
    21.9
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00690
         		694.1 2.65 min
    21.10
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00691
         		735/737 (Cl) 3.08 min
    21.11
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00692
         		715.2 2.93 min
    21.12
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00693
         		755.1 2.99 min
    21.13
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00694
         		702.1 2.39 min
    21.14
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00695
         		715.1 2.94 min
    21.15
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00696
         		731.1 2.88 min
    21.16
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00697
         		731.1 2.90 min
    21.17
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00698
         		715.1 3.00 min
    21.18
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00699
         		677.1 2.95 min
  • Analogously to Example 21, the following compounds were prepared from acids obtained analagously to 21-e starting from corresponding aryl halides (step 21-b) and amines obtained analagously to 1-l from suitable educts:
  • Mass Retention time
    spectrum method
    Example structure [M + H]+ HPLC-MS
    21.19
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00700
         		687.1 1.99 min
    21.20
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00701
         		667.1 3.01 min
    21.21
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00702
         		755   2.14 min
    • Example 22
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00703
  • Example 22 was synthesised by standard solid phase peptide synthesis on a [3-((methyl-fmoc-amino)-methyl)-1-indol-1-yl]-acetyl AM resin (367 mg, 0.25 mmol) (Novabiochem).
  • Fmoc cleavings were carried out by reacting the resin twice (2 minutes and 20 minutes) with 30% piperidine/DMF solution. Then the resin was washed ten times with DMF. The coupling of the first amino acid was carried out with HATU (380 mg, 1.0 mmol), HOAt (0.5 molar solution, 2 ml, 1.0 mmol), Dipea (513 μl, 3 mmol) and Fmoc-valine (339 mg, 1 mmol) in DMF as solvent over 5 hours. The coupling of the second Fmoc-amino acid was carried out analogously with Fmoc-serine-tert.butyl ester (383 mg, 1 mmol).
  • After the coupling of the first two amino acids and the cleaving of the Fmoc group reductive alkylation of the amino group was carried out with a solution of freshly prepared Fmoc-phenylalaninal (310 mg, 0.75 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)3 (530 mg, 2.5 mmol) in DMF/HOAc (99:1, 2 ml) for 2.5 hours. Then the resin was carefully washed with DMF/HOAc (99:1), DMF, 5% Dipea in DMF and DMF. The resin was then reacted for 16 hours with Boc2O (10 equiv.) and Dipea (10 equiv.) in DMF.
  • After a repeat cleaving of the Fmoc group and thorough washing with DMF the resin was reacted with a solution of the corresponding acid 4-b (376 mg, 1 mmol), HATU (380 mg, 1.0 mmol), HOAt (0.5 molar solution, 2 ml, 1.0 mmol), Dipea (513 μl, 3 mmol) in DMF.
  • In order to cleave the product from the resin and also cleave any protective groups the resin was washed with DMF and dichloromethane and dried and then mixed with TFA/water (95:5, 2 ml) for 1 hour at ambient temperature. The solution was filtered off and the resin was washed twice more with dichloromethane (1 ml). The combined filtrates were evaporated down in vacuo and the product was purified by preparative reversed phase HPLC.
  • Yield 35.1 mg
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=709.5
  • RT=3.71 min (HPLC 6)
    • Example 23
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00704
  • Example 23 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 23-c and the corresponding precursors.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=700
  • RT (HPLC-MS): 2.70 min
    • a) Preparation of 23-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00705
  • 10.46 g (50 mmol) dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate were dissolved in 200 ml of toluene and combined with 7.3 ml (60 mmol) diphosgene. The reaction solution was refluxed for 1 h. Then the reaction solution was evaporated down i. vac., twice combined with toluene and distilled off again. The residue (10.6 g) was used in 23-b without being purified.
    • b) Preparation of 23-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00706
  • 10.6 g (45 mmol) 23-a were dissolved in 450 ml of toluene and combined with 3.88 ml (45 mmol) 3-chloro-1-propanol. The reaction solution was heated to 75° C. for 1 h. Then the reaction solution was evaporated down i. vac. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel with the eluant (ethyl acetate/heptane 7:3).
  • Yield 8.5 g of 23-a (57%)
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=330
    • c) Preparation of 23-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00707
  • 8.49 g (25.8 mmol) 23-b were dissolved in 140 ml acetonitrile, combined with 4.27 g (30.9 mmol) potassium carbonate and refluxed for 2 h. Then the insoluble constituents were filtered off, the reaction solution was evaporated down i. vac. and stirred with ether. The crystals formed were filtered off and washed with ether.
  • Yield 6.5 g 23-c (77%)
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=294
  • Analogously to 23 the following compounds were prepared from corresponding educts:
  • Mass Retention time
    Example spectrum (method)
    23.2
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00708
         		821 [M + H]+ 2.39 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.3
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00709
         		701 [M + H]+ 2.12 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.4
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00710
         		779 [M + H]+ 2.70 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.5
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00711
         		745 [M + H]+ 2.64 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.6
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00712
         		686 [M + H]+ 2.54 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.7
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00713
         		715 [M + H]+ 2.24 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.8
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00714
         		780 [M + H]+ 2.36 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.9
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00715
         		735 [M + H]+ 2.58 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.10
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00716
         		786 [M + H]+ 2.62 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.11
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00717
         		729 [M + H]+ 2.40 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.12
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00718
         		728 [M + H]+ 2.75 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.13
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00719
         		687 [M + H]+ 2.21 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.14
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00720
         		693 [M + H]+ 2.42 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.15
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00721
         		765 [M + H]+ 4.72 min (HPLC 1)
    23.16
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00722
         		766 [M + H]+
    23.17
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00723
         		772 [M + H]+
    23.18
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00724
         		687 [M + H]+ 1.45 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.19
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00725
         		694 [M + H]+ 2.03 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.20
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00726
         		700 [M + H]+ 4.59 min (HPLC 1)
    23.21
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00727
         		701 [M + H]+ 4.10 min (HPLC 1)
    23.22
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00728
         		707 [M + H]+ 2.58 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.23
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00729
         		779 [M + H]+ 2.93 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.24
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00730
         		780 [M + H]+ 4.33 min (HPLC 1)
    23.25
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00731
         		786 [M + H]+ 4.59 min (HPLC 1)
    23.26
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00732
         		702 [M + 2H]+ 2.27 min (HPLC-MS)
    23.27
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00733
         		708 [M + H]+ 3.59 min (HPLC 1)
    23.28
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00734
         		700 [M + H]+ 4.62 min (HPLC 1)
    23.29
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00735
         		707 [M + H]+ 4.29 min (HPLC 1)
    23.30
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00736
         		779 [M + H]+ 4.80 min (HPLC 1)
    23.31
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00737
         		780 [M + H]+ 4.28 min (HPLC 1)
    23.32
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00738
         		786 [M + H]+ 4.58 min (HPLC 1)
    23.33
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00739
         		701 [M + H]+ 3.87 min (HPLC 1)
    23.34
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00740
         		701 [M + H]+ 4.05 min (HPLC 1)
    23.35
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00741
         		701 [M + H]+
    23.36
    Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00742
         		686 [M + H]+ 4.53 min (HPLC 1)
    • Example 24
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00743
  • Example 24 was prepared analogously to Example 1 from 24-e and the corresponding precursors.
  • ES-MS (M+H)+=700
  • RT (HPLC-MS): 2.70 min
    • a) Preparation of 24-a:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00744
  • 10.22 g (100 mmol) 2-dioxane were dissolved in 50 ml of ethanol and combined with 14.5 ml (41.4 mmol) thionyl chloride, while the temperature was kept below 30° C. The reaction solution was refluxed for 4 h and then evaporated down i. vac.
  • Yield 9.2 g of colourless liquid which was used further in its crude state.
    • b) Preparation of 24-b:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00745
  • 9.2 g (41.4 mmol) 24-a were dissolved in 50 ml THF and combined with 30 ml of 2N NaOH solution. The reaction solution was stirred for 4 h at ambient temperature. Standard working up yielded 6.7 g of colourless oil.
    • c) Preparation of 24-c:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00746
  • 6.7 g (48.4 mmol) 23-c were combined with 25 ml of thionyl chloride and stirred for 2 h at 60° C. The mixture was then evaporated down in vacuo and further reacted immediately in 24-d.
    • d) Preparation of 24-d:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00747
  • 9.3 g (44.6 mmol) dimethyl 5-amino-isophthalate were dissolved in 30 ml of ethanol and combined with 18.5 ml (133.4 mmol) triethylamine. Subsequently 7.7 g (448.9 mmol) of 24-c dissolved in 30 ml THF were slowly added dropwise while cooling with ice. The reaction solution was refluxed for 2 h. Standard working up yielded 12.6 g of 24-d as a beige solid (86%).
    • e) Preparation of 24-e:
  • Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00748
  • 7 g (21.2 mmol) 24-d and 7.15 g potassium-tert-butoxide were dissolved in 40 ml DMF and stirred for 2 h at 60° C. The reaction solution was evaporated down in vacuo, combined with water and extracted three times with ethyl acetate. After acidification of the aqueous phase with 4N HCL solution the mixture was again extracted three times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were dried over magnesium sulphate and distilled off in vacuo. The residue was purified by MPLC (silica gel, methylene chloride:methanol=10:1). Yield 1.6 g of 24-d as an orange oil (27%).
  • RT (HPLC-MS)=2.16 min
  • Some examples of formulations will now be described, wherein the term “active substance” denotes one or more compounds according to the invention including the salts thereof. In the case of one of the aforementioned combinations with one or more other active substances the term “active substance” also includes the additional active substances.
    • Example A Tablets Containing 100 mg of Active Substance Composition:
  • 1 tablet contains:
    active substance 100.0 mg 
    lactose 80.0 mg
    corn starch 34.0 mg
    polyvinylpyrrolidone  4.0 mg
    magnesium stearate  2.0 mg
    220.0 mg 
    • Method of Preparation:
  • The active substance, lactose and starch are mixed together and uniformly moistened with an aqueous solution of the polyvinylpyrrolidone. After the moist composition has been screened (2.0 mm mesh size) and dried in a rack-type drier at 50° C. it is screened again (1.5 mm mesh size) and the lubricant is added. The finished mixture is compressed to form tablets.
      • Weight of tablet: 220 mg
      • Diameter: 10 mm, biplanar, facetted on both sides and notched on one side.
    Example B Tablets Containing 150 mg of Active Substance Composition:
  • 1 tablet contains:
    active substance 50.0 mg
    powdered lactose 89.0 mg
    corn starch 40.0 mg
    colloidal silica 10.0 mg
    polyvinylpyrrolidone 10.0 mg
    magnesium stearate  1.0 mg
    300.0 mg 
    • Preparation:
  • The active substance mixed with lactose, corn starch and silica is moistened with a 20% aqueous polyvinylpyrrolidone solution and passed through a screen with a mesh size of 1.5 mm. The granules, dried at 45° C., are passed through the same screen again and mixed with the specified amount of magnesium stearate. Tablets are pressed from the mixture.
  •
    Weight of tablet: 300 mg
    die: 10 mm, flat
    • Example C Hard Gelatine Capsules Containing 150 mg of Active Substance
  • 1 capsule contains:
    active substance 50.0 mg
    corn starch (dried) approx. 80.0 mg
    lactose (powdered) approx. 87.0 mg
    magnesium stearate 3.0 mg
    approx. 420.0 mg
    • Preparation:
  • The active substance is mixed with the excipients, passed through a screen with a mesh size of 0.75 mm and homogeneously mixed using a suitable apparatus. The finished mixture is packed into size 1 hard gelatine capsules.
      • Capsule filling: approx. 320 mg
      • Capsule shell: size 1 hard gelatine capsule.
    Example D Suppositories Containing 150 mg of Active Substance
  • 1 suppository contains:
    active substance 150.0 mg
    polyethyleneglycol 1500 550.0 mg
    polyethyleneglycol 6000 460.0 mg
    polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate 840.0 mg
    2,000.0 mg  
    • Preparation:
  • After the suppository mass has been melted the active substance is homogeneously distributed therein and the melt is poured into chilled moulds.
    • Example E Ampoules Containing 10 mg Active Substance Composition:
  • active substance 10.0 mg
    0.01 N hydrochloric acid q.s.
    double-distilled water ad 2.0 ml
    • Preparation:
  • The active substance is dissolved in the necessary amount of 0.01 N HCl, made isotonic with common salt, filtered sterile and transferred into 2 ml ampoules.
    • Example F Ampoules Containing 50 mg of Active Substance Composition:
  • active substance 50.0 mg
    0.01 N hydrochloric acid q.s.
    double-distilled water ad 10.0 ml
    • Preparation:
  • The active substance is dissolved in the necessary amount of 0.01 N HCl, made isotonic with common salt, filtered sterile and transferred into 10 ml ampoules.

Claims (8)

1-41. (canceled)
42. A method for treating or preventing a disease or condition associated with an abnormal processing of Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP) or aggregation of Abeta peptide, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula (I)
Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00749
wherein:
A is aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms;
L are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C1-6-alkyl-S, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2 or R14—SO2, wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy-C1-6-alkyl, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO and HOSO2—;
i is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
B is a C1-4-alkylene bridge, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-4-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, (R14)2N—SO2, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO R14—SO2, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2, R14—CO— and R14—SO—, wherein
two C1-4-alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C1-4-alkylene bridge may be joined together to form a C3-7-cycloalkyl group, and
each of the above-mentioned groups and the C3-7-cycloalkyl group formed from the C1-4-alkyl groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, (R14)2N—SO2— and HOSO2—, and
wherein when B is a C3-4-alkylene bridge, the CH2 group of the C3-4-alkylene bridge, which is bound to the group A, is optionally replaced by —O—;
R1 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-6-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)2N—SO2, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N and HOSO2—;
X1, is nitrogen or C(R10);
X2, X3, X4 are each independently nitrogen or C(R11),
with the proviso that 0, 1, 2 or 3 of the groups X1, X2, X3 and X4 are nitrogen;
R2 is C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, (R14)2N, HOSO2—, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—CO—R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R15—O and R15—O—C1-3-alkyl;
R3, R4 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, fluorine, F3C, HF2C, or FH2C;
R5, R7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, C1-3-alkyl-S, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO and HOSO2—;
R6, R9 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy- and (R14)2N;
R8 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-4-alkenyl, aryl-C2-4-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-4-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-4-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R15—S, R15—S—C1-3-alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO (R14)2N—CO—N(R14)—, (R14)2N—SO2— and HOSO2—;
R10 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R12—SO2—(R13)N or R12—CO—(R13)N
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C1-6-alkyl-S, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—CO, R15—CO, R15—O—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N—SO2—(R14)N, R14—SO2—, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C—O, FH2C—O and R14—SO2—(R14)N;
R11 are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, R15—O, (R14)2N or C1-3-alkyl,
wherein the C1-3-alkyl group is optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms;
R12 is C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl-heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-4-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl or (R14)2N,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—R14—SO2—, R14—SO, R14—S, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N—CO;
R13 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and R14CO;
or
R12 and R13 together form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to R13 and the SO2— or CO group linked to R12, a heterocyclic ring is formed,
wherein one or two CH2 groups of the C2-6-alkylene bridge are optionally replaced independently of one another by O, S, SO, SO2 or N(R14) in such a way that in each case two O or S atoms or an O and an S atom are not joined together directly, and the C atoms of the above-mentioned C2-6-alkylene bridge are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, formyl, cyano, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, oxo and nitro;
R14 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein
two C1-6-alkyl groups bound to the same nitrogen atom together may form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom bound to the groups R14 a heterocyclic ring is formed,
wherein a CH2 group of the C2-6-alkylene bridge may be replaced by O, S or N(R14), and
the above-mentioned groups and the heterocyclic ring are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, (R15)2N—CO or (R15)2N and
R15 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl- and C1-3-alkoxy;
or a tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt thereof.
43. A method for treating or preventing diseases or conditions influenced by inhibiting the β-secretase activity, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound of formula (I)
Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00750
wherein:
A is aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms;
L are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C1-6-alkyl-S, C1-6-alkyl-S-—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2 or R14—SO2, wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy-C1-6-alkyl, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO and HOSO2—;
i is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
B is a C1-4-alkylene bridge, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-4-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, (R14)2N—SO2, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R14—SO2, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2, R14—CO— and R14—SO—, wherein
two C1-4-alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C1-4-alkylene bridge may be joined together to form a C3-7-cycloalkyl group, and
each of the above-mentioned groups and the C3-7-cycloalkyl group formed from the C1-4-alkyl groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, (R14)2N—SO2— and HOSO2— and
wherein when B is a C3-4-alkylene bridge, the CH2 group of the C3-4-alkylene bridge, which is bound to the group A, is optionally replaced by —O—;
R1 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-6-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)2N—SO2, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N and HOSO2—;
X1, is nitrogen or C(R10),
X2, X3, X4 are each independently nitrogen or C(R11),
with the proviso that 0, 1, 2 or 3 of the groups X1, X2, X3 and X4 are nitrogen;
R2 is C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, (R14)2N, HOSO2—, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R15—O and R15—O—C1-3-alkyl;
R3, R4 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, fluorine, F3C, HF2C or FH2C;
R5, R7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, C1-3-alkyl-S, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO and HOSO2—;
R6, R9 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy- and (R14)2N;
R8 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-4-alkenyl, aryl-C2-4-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-4-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-4-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R15—S, R15—S—C1-3-alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO (R14)2N—CO—N(R14)—, (R14)2N—SO2— and HOSO2—;
R10 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R12—SO2—(R13)N or R12—CO—(R13)N
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C1-6-alkyl-S, C1-6alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—CO, R15—CO, R15—O—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N—SO2—(R14)N, R14—SO2—, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C−O, FH2C—O and R14—SO2—(R14)N;
R11 are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, R15—O, (R14)2N or C1-3-alkyl,
wherein the C1-3-alkyl group is optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms;
R12 is C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl-heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-4-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl or (R14)2N,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, R—SO2—, R14—SO, R14—S, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N—CO;
R13 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and R14CO;
or
R12 and R13 together form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to R13 and the SO2— or CO group linked to R12, a heterocyclic ring is formed,
wherein one or two CH2 groups of the C2-6-alkylene bridge are optionally replaced independently of one another by O, S, SO, SO2 or N(R14) in such a way that in each case two O or S atoms or an O and an S atom are not joined together directly, and the C atoms of the above-mentioned C2-6-alkylene bridge are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, formyl, cyano, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, oxo and nitro;
R14 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein
two C1-6-alkyl groups bound to the same nitrogen atom together may form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom bound to the groups R14 a heterocyclic ring is formed,
wherein a CH2 group of the C2-6-alkylene bridge may be replaced by O, S or N(R14), and
the above-mentioned groups and the heterocyclic ring are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, (R15)2N—CO or (R15)2N, and
R15 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or hetero aryl-C1-3-alkyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl- and C1-3-alkoxy;
or a tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt thereof.
44. A method for treating or preventing diseases or conditions influenced by inhibiting the aspartylprotease cathepsin D, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof a compound according of formula (I)
Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00751
wherein:
A is aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms;
L are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C1-6-alkyl-S, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2 or R14—SO2, wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy-C1-6-alkyl, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO and HOSO2—;
i is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
B is a C1-4-alkylene bridge, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-4-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, (R14)2N—SO2, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R14—SO2, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)N—SO2, R14—CO— and R14—SO—, wherein
two C1-4-alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C1-4-alkylene bridge may be joined together to form a C3-7-cycloalkyl group, and
each of the above-mentioned groups and the C3-7-cycloalkyl group formed from the C1-4-alkyl groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, (R14)2N—SO2— and HOSO2— and
wherein when B is a C3-4-alkylene bridge, the CH2 group of the C3-4-alkylene bridge, which is bound to the group A, is optionally replaced by —O—;
R1 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-6-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)2N—SO2, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N and HOSO2—;
X1, is nitrogen or C(R10);
X2, X3, X4 are each independently nitrogen or C(R11),
with the proviso that 0, 1, 2 or 3 of the groups X1, X2, X3 and X4 are nitrogen;
R2 is C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, (R14)2N, HOSO2—, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R15—O and R15—O—C1-3-alkyl;
R3, R4 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, fluorine, F3C, HF2C or FH2C;
R5, R7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, C1-3-alkyl-S, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO and HOSO2—;
R6, R9 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy- and (R14)2N;
R8 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-4-alkenyl, aryl-C2-4-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-4-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-4-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R15—S, R15—S—C1-3-alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, (R14)2N—CO—N(R14)—, (R14)2N—SO2— and HOSO2—;
R10 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R12—SO2—(R13)N or R12—CO—(R13)N
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C1-6-alkyl-S, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—CO, R15—CO, R15—O—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N—SO2—(R14)N, R14—SO2—, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C—O, FH2C—O and R14—SO2—(R14)N;
R11 are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, R15—O, (R14)2N or C1-3-alkyl,
wherein the C1-3-alkyl group is optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms;
R12 is C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl-heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-4-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl or (R14)2N,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—SO2—, R14—SO, R14—S, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N—CO;
R13 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and R14CO;
or
R12 and R13 together form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to R13 and the SO2— or CO group linked to R12, a heterocyclic ring is formed,
wherein one or two CH2 groups of the C2-6-alkylene bridge are optionally replaced independently of one another by O, S, SO, SO2 or N(R14) in such a way that in each case two O or S atoms or an O and an S atom are not joined together directly, and the C atoms of the above-mentioned C2-6-alkylene bridge are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, formyl, cyano, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, oxo and nitro;
R14 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein
two C1-6-alkyl groups bound to the same nitrogen atom together may form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom bound to the groups R14 a heterocyclic ring is formed,
wherein a CH2 group of the C2-6-alkylene bridge may be replaced by O, S or N(R14), and
the above-mentioned groups and the heterocyclic ring are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, (R15)2N—CO or (R15)2N and
R15 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl- and C1-3-alkoxy;
or a tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt thereof.
45. The method according to claim 44 wherein the disease or condition is the metastasisation of tumour cells.
46. The method according to claim 43 wherein the disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease (AD), MCI (“mild cognitive impairment”), trisomy 21 (Down's syndrome), cerebral amyloid angiopathy, degenerative dementias, hereditary cerebral haemorrhage with amyloidosis, Dutch type (HCHWA-D), Alzheimer's dementia with Lewy bodies, trauma, stroke, pancreatitis, Inclusion Body Myositis (IBM), and other peripheral amyloidoses, diabetes or arteriosclerosis.
47. The method according to claim 46 wherein the disease or condition is Alzheimer's disease (AD).
48. A method for inhibiting β-secretase activity, comprising contacting β-secretase with an effective inhibitory amount of a compound of formula (I)
Figure US20100204160A1-20100812-C00752
wherein:
A is aryl or heteroaryl, optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms;
L are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C1-6-alkyl-S, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2 or R14—SO2, wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy-C1-6-alkyl, C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO and HOSO2—;
i is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
B is a C1-4-alkylene bridge, optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-4-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, (R14)2N—SO2, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R14SO2, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2, R14—CO— and R14—SO—, wherein
two C1-4-alkyl groups bound to the same carbon atom of the C1-4-alkylene bridge may be joined together to form a C3-7-cycloalkyl group, and
each of the above-mentioned groups and the C3-7-cycloalkyl group formed from the C1-4-alkyl groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, (R14)2N—SO2— and HOSO2— and
wherein when B is a C3-4-alkylene bridge, the CH2 group of the C3-4-alkylene bridge, which is bound to the group A, is optionally replaced by —O—;
R1 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, hydroxy-C1-6-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)2N—SO2, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N and HOSO2—;
X1, is nitrogen or C(R10);
X2, X3, X4 are each independently nitrogen or C(R11),
with the proviso that 0, 1, 2 or 3 of the groups X1, X2, X3 and X4 are nitrogen;
R2 is C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, (R14)2N, HOSO2—, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO, R15—O and R15—O—C1-3-alkyl;
R3, R4 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, fluorine, F3C, HF2C or FH2C;
R5, R7 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, C1-3-alkyl-S, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, R14—CO—(R14)N, R14—SO2—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO and HOSO2—;
R6, R9 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl or C2-6-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, C1-3-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy- and (R14)2N;
R8 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C2-4-alkenyl, aryl-C2-4-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl-C2-4-alkenyl or heteroaryl-C2-4-alkynyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R15—S, R15—S—C1-3-alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N—CO (R14)2N—CO—N(R14)—, (R14)2N—SO2— and HOSO2—;
R10 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, cyano, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkynyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl-C2-6-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-6-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C2-6-alkynyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R12—SO2—(R13)N or R12—CO—(R13)N
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C1-6-alkyl-S, C1-6-alkyl-S—C1-3-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—CO, R15—CO, R15—O—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—CO, R14—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—CO—(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, (R14)2N—SO2—(R14)N, R14—SO2—, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, F3C—O, HF2C—O, FH2C—O and R14—SO2—(R14)N;
R11 are each independently hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, R15—O, (R14)2N or C1-3-alkyl,
wherein the C1-3-alkyl group is optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms;
R12 is C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-6-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-4-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkenyl, aryl-C2-3-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C2-4-alkynyl, heterocyclyl-C2-4-alkynyl-heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-6-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-4-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkenyl, C3-7-cycloalkenyl-C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aryl-C1-4-alkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl or (R14)2N,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, R14—CO(R14)N, R14—SO2(R14)N, (R14)2N—SO2—, R14—SO2—, R14—SO, R14—S, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and (R14)2N—CO;
R13 is hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkenyl, heterocyclyl-C2-3-alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkenyl, heteroaryl-C2-3-alkynyl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, R15—O, R15—O—C1-3-alkyl, (R14)2N, (R14)2N—C1-3-alkyl and R14CO;
or
R12 and R13 together form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom linked to R13 and the SO2— or CO group linked to R12, a heterocyclic ring is formed,
wherein one or two CH2 groups of the C2-6-alkylene bridge are optionally replaced independently of one another by O, S, SO, SO2 or N(R14) in such a way that in each case two O or S atoms or an O and an S atom are not joined together directly, and the C atoms of the above-mentioned C2-6-alkylene bridge are optionally substituted by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, hydroxy, carboxy, formyl, cyano, F3C, HF2C, FH2C, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy, oxo and nitro;
R14 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-3-alkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl, C3-6-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl or aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl, wherein
two C1-6-alkyl groups bound to the same nitrogen atom together may form a C2-6-alkylene bridge, so that with the inclusion of the nitrogen atom bound to the groups R14 a heterocyclic ring is formed,
wherein a CH2 group of the C2-6-alkylene bridge may be replaced by O, S or N(R14), and
the above-mentioned groups and the heterocyclic ring are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from among fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl, hydroxy-C1-3-alkyl, C1-3-alkoxy, (R15)2N—CO or (R15)2N and
R15 are each independently hydrogen, C1-6-alkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3-7-cycloalkyl, C3-7-cyclyoalkyl-C1-3-alkyl, aryl, aryl-C1-3-alkyl, heterocyclyl, heterocyclyl-C1-3-alkyl, heteroaryl or heteroaryl-C1-3-alkyl,
wherein the above-mentioned groups are optionally substituted independently of one another by one or more groups selected from fluorine, chlorine, bromine, iodine, hydroxy, oxo, carboxy, formyl, cyano, nitro, C1-3-alkyl- and C1-3-alkoxy;
or a tautomer, diastereomer, enantiomer, mixture or salt thereof.
US12/759,167 2005-03-30 2010-04-13 Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, methods for preparing them and uses thereof Abandoned US20100204160A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/759,167 US20100204160A1 (en) 2005-03-30 2010-04-13 Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, methods for preparing them and uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP05006939.2 2005-03-30
EP05006939 2005-03-30
US11/278,059 US7713961B2 (en) 2005-03-30 2006-03-30 Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, methods for preparing them and uses thereof
US12/511,474 US20090325940A1 (en) 2005-03-30 2009-07-29 Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, Methods for Preparing Them and Uses Thereof
US12/759,167 US20100204160A1 (en) 2005-03-30 2010-04-13 Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, methods for preparing them and uses thereof

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/511,474 Division US20090325940A1 (en) 2005-03-30 2009-07-29 Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, Methods for Preparing Them and Uses Thereof

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20100204160A1 true US20100204160A1 (en) 2010-08-12

Family

ID=36545049

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/278,059 Active 2027-04-26 US7713961B2 (en) 2005-03-30 2006-03-30 Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, methods for preparing them and uses thereof
US12/511,474 Abandoned US20090325940A1 (en) 2005-03-30 2009-07-29 Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, Methods for Preparing Them and Uses Thereof
US12/759,167 Abandoned US20100204160A1 (en) 2005-03-30 2010-04-13 Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, methods for preparing them and uses thereof

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/278,059 Active 2027-04-26 US7713961B2 (en) 2005-03-30 2006-03-30 Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, methods for preparing them and uses thereof
US12/511,474 Abandoned US20090325940A1 (en) 2005-03-30 2009-07-29 Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, Methods for Preparing Them and Uses Thereof

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (3) US7713961B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1866034A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2008534541A (en)
AR (1) AR056862A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2603404A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200716152A (en)
WO (1) WO2006103038A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014036105A2 (en) * 2012-08-30 2014-03-06 Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation Inhibitors of memapsin 2 cleavage for the treatment of alzheimer's disease

Families Citing this family (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1866034A1 (en) * 2005-03-30 2007-12-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Substituted 1,2-ethylendiamines, medicaments comprising said compound; their use and their method of manufacture
EP1913017A1 (en) * 2005-08-03 2008-04-23 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Substituted ethane-1,2-diamines for the treatment of alzheimer's disease ii
US20100144681A1 (en) * 2005-08-11 2010-06-10 Klaus Fuchs Compounds for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
JP2009504611A (en) * 2005-08-11 2009-02-05 ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Β-secretase inhibitor for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
EP1915352A1 (en) * 2005-08-11 2008-04-30 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Compounds for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
US20100168070A1 (en) * 2005-08-11 2010-07-01 Niklas Heine Compounds for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
JP2012505241A (en) 2008-10-10 2012-03-01 パーデュー・リサーチ・ファウンデーション Composition for treating Alzheimer's disease
EP2376083A4 (en) 2008-11-20 2012-06-20 Purdue Research Foundation Quinazoline inhibitors of bace 1 and methods of using
US8859590B2 (en) 2008-12-05 2014-10-14 Purdue Research Foundation Inhibitors of BACE1 and methods for treating Alzheimer's disease
EP2486006A4 (en) * 2009-10-05 2013-05-01 Comentis Inc Sulfonamido pyrrolidine compounds which inhibit beta-secretase activity and methods of use thereof
AU2022295990A1 (en) 2021-06-18 2024-01-04 Aligos Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions for targeting pd-l1

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050090449A1 (en) * 2003-05-13 2005-04-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel statine derivatives for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US20050130941A1 (en) * 2001-06-08 2005-06-16 Heinrich Schostarez Methods of treating alzheimer's disease
US20050277635A1 (en) * 2004-05-19 2005-12-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Method of treating diseases and conditions associated with an altered level of amyloid beta peptides and new enolcarboxamide compounds
US20060025345A1 (en) * 2004-05-22 2006-02-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Substituted ethane-1,2-diamines for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US20060160747A1 (en) * 2004-11-10 2006-07-20 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Statine derivatives for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease II
US20060223759A1 (en) * 2005-03-30 2006-10-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, Methods for Preparing Them and Uses Thereof
US7166599B2 (en) * 2001-10-17 2007-01-23 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Trisubstituted pyrimidines
US7238774B2 (en) * 2004-11-10 2007-07-03 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Statine derivatives for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease III
US20080293680A1 (en) * 2005-08-03 2008-11-27 Stefan Peters Substituted Ethane-1,2-Diamines for the Treatment of Alzheimer's Disease II
US20090042867A1 (en) * 2005-08-11 2009-02-12 Klaus Fuchs Compounds for the treatment of alzheimer's disease

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CZ184194A3 (en) 1993-08-09 1995-03-15 Lilly Co Eli Aspartylprotease inhibitor and method of identifying thereof
US7087399B1 (en) 1999-05-13 2006-08-08 Scios, Inc. β-secretase and modulation of β-secretase activity
CN1379819A (en) 1999-06-28 2002-11-13 俄克拉荷马州医学研究基金会 Catalytically active recombinant MEMAPSIN and methods of use thereof
BR0306724A (en) * 2002-01-04 2006-04-11 Elan Pharm Inc amino substituted carboxamides for treatment of alzheimer's disease
AU2003299101A1 (en) * 2002-09-27 2004-04-19 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
CA2505098A1 (en) * 2002-11-12 2004-05-27 Merck & Co., Inc. Phenylcarboxamide beta-secretase inhibitors for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
CN100430377C (en) * 2003-06-30 2008-11-05 麦克公司 N-alkyl phenylcarboxamide beta-secretase inhibitors for the treatment of alzheimer's disease

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20050130941A1 (en) * 2001-06-08 2005-06-16 Heinrich Schostarez Methods of treating alzheimer's disease
US7166599B2 (en) * 2001-10-17 2007-01-23 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co. Kg Trisubstituted pyrimidines
US20050090449A1 (en) * 2003-05-13 2005-04-28 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Novel statine derivatives for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US20050277635A1 (en) * 2004-05-19 2005-12-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Method of treating diseases and conditions associated with an altered level of amyloid beta peptides and new enolcarboxamide compounds
US20060040928A1 (en) * 2004-05-19 2006-02-23 Boehringer Ingelheim Vetmedica Gmbh Method of treating diseases and conditions associated with an altered level of amyloid beta peptides and new enolcarboxamide compounds
US20060025345A1 (en) * 2004-05-22 2006-02-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Substituted ethane-1,2-diamines for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease
US20060160747A1 (en) * 2004-11-10 2006-07-20 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Statine derivatives for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease II
US7238774B2 (en) * 2004-11-10 2007-07-03 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Statine derivatives for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease III
US20060223759A1 (en) * 2005-03-30 2006-10-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, Methods for Preparing Them and Uses Thereof
US20080293680A1 (en) * 2005-08-03 2008-11-27 Stefan Peters Substituted Ethane-1,2-Diamines for the Treatment of Alzheimer's Disease II
US20090042867A1 (en) * 2005-08-11 2009-02-12 Klaus Fuchs Compounds for the treatment of alzheimer's disease

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014036105A2 (en) * 2012-08-30 2014-03-06 Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation Inhibitors of memapsin 2 cleavage for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
WO2014036105A3 (en) * 2012-08-30 2014-06-19 Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation Inhibitors of memapsin 2 cleavage for the treatment of alzheimer's disease

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1866034A1 (en) 2007-12-19
WO2006103038A1 (en) 2006-10-05
TW200716152A (en) 2007-05-01
US20060223759A1 (en) 2006-10-05
US7713961B2 (en) 2010-05-11
CA2603404A1 (en) 2006-10-05
JP2008534541A (en) 2008-08-28
AR056862A1 (en) 2007-10-31
US20090325940A1 (en) 2009-12-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7713961B2 (en) Substituted 1,2-ethylenediamines, methods for preparing them and uses thereof
US9234000B2 (en) Benzylamine derivatives as inhibitors of plasma kallikrein
US20100144681A1 (en) Compounds for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
US7989441B2 (en) Organic compounds
US8664388B2 (en) Substituted amino-quinazolinones, medicaments comprising said compound, their use and their method of manufacture
US20090042867A1 (en) Compounds for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
US20060166961A1 (en) Cell adhesion inhibitors
US8426607B2 (en) Substituted amino-benzimidazoles, medicaments comprimising said compound, their use and their method of manufacture
US8211897B2 (en) Inhibitors of cathepsin B
JP2008510759A (en) α-ketocarbonylcalpain inhibitor
JP2008510756A (en) α-ketocarbonylcalpain inhibitor
US20100298278A1 (en) Inhibitors of beta-secretase for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
US20100168070A1 (en) Compounds for the treatment of alzheimer's disease
US20150072991A1 (en) Oligooxopiperazines and methods of making and using them
US20080293680A1 (en) Substituted Ethane-1,2-Diamines for the Treatment of Alzheimer's Disease II

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION